WO2020224412A1 - 一种通信方法及装置 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020224412A1
WO2020224412A1 PCT/CN2020/085199 CN2020085199W WO2020224412A1 WO 2020224412 A1 WO2020224412 A1 WO 2020224412A1 CN 2020085199 W CN2020085199 W CN 2020085199W WO 2020224412 A1 WO2020224412 A1 WO 2020224412A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
service
layer
address
frequency band
request
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2020/085199
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
应江威
李濛
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to EP20802268.1A priority Critical patent/EP3965501A4/en
Priority to MX2021013533A priority patent/MX2021013533A/es
Publication of WO2020224412A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020224412A1/zh
Priority to US17/520,104 priority patent/US12082039B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/50—Address allocation
    • H04L61/5038—Address allocation for local use, e.g. in LAN or USB networks, or in a controller area network [CAN]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/0268—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control using specific QoS parameters for wireless networks, e.g. QoS class identifier [QCI] or guaranteed bit rate [GBR]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/08—Load balancing or load distribution
    • H04W28/0875—Load balancing or load distribution to or through Device to Device [D2D] links, e.g. direct-mode links
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/24—Negotiating SLA [Service Level Agreement]; Negotiating QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/14—Direct-mode setup
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L2101/00—Indexing scheme associated with group H04L61/00
    • H04L2101/60—Types of network addresses
    • H04L2101/618—Details of network addresses
    • H04L2101/622—Layer-2 addresses, e.g. medium access control [MAC] addresses
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W80/00—Wireless network protocols or protocol adaptations to wireless operation
    • H04W80/02—Data link layer protocols
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W80/00—Wireless network protocols or protocol adaptations to wireless operation
    • H04W80/08—Upper layer protocols
    • H04W80/10—Upper layer protocols adapted for application session management, e.g. SIP [Session Initiation Protocol]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • V2X services can be transmitted between the terminal and the terminal through the PC5 port.
  • the sender can establish a PC5 signaling plane (PC5 signal, PC5-S) connection with the receiver, and negotiate a pair of layer 2 (layer 2, L2) through the PC5 unicast connection Address (or called a layer 2 address pair), the pair of addresses includes a source layer 2 address and a destination layer 2 address.
  • PC5 signal, PC5-S PC5 signaling plane
  • layer 2 layer 2, L2
  • the pair of addresses includes a source layer 2 address and a destination layer 2 address.
  • the sender can filter the V2X service to the corresponding QoS flow according to the quality of service (QoS) requirements of the V2X service, and then filter the QoS flow and
  • QoS quality of service
  • the obtained pair of layer 2 addresses are sent to the receiving end through the PC5 port, so that the receiving end can analyze the QoS flow according to the pair of layer 2 addresses and obtain the V2X service sent by the sending end.
  • V2X services such as: vehicle to vehicle safety and awareness services, and high-speed cruise-assist-highway-system.
  • V2X services such as: vehicle to vehicle safety and awareness services, and high-speed cruise-assist-highway-system.
  • automatic-vehicle-identification (automatic-vehicle-identification) services, non-safety application (non-safety application) services, etc. different types of V2X services may be allocated to different frequency bands (or called PC5 frequency bands).
  • PC5 frequency bands frequency bands
  • the receiving end receives After the QoS flow, it may not be possible to distinguish the frequency band corresponding to each V2X service in the QoS flow, which eventually causes some V2X services to be sent on the wrong frequency band, which affects the normal transmission of V2X services.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device to solve the problems caused by the transmission of V2X services in different frequency bands through the same QoS flow.
  • a communication method includes: the sending end determines, according to the frequency band of the first V2X service, the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 of the first V2X service.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service of the address and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service correspond to the frequency band of the first V2X service; the sender passes the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service Send the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service can be determined according to the frequency band of the V2X service, ensuring that the V2X service data is sent according to the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service in the frequency band of the V2X service, and avoiding the V2X service of different frequency bands. They are sent to the sender together, resulting in V2X service reception failure or inaccurate reception.
  • the frequency band of the first V2X service is the first frequency band
  • the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service corresponds to the layer 2 address of the V2X service other than the V2X service corresponding to the first frequency band. Pair different.
  • different layer 2 address pairs can be determined for V2X services in different frequency bands, so as to send V2X service data on the frequency band corresponding to the V2X service according to the layer 2 address pairs of the V2X service, avoiding V2X services in different frequency bands
  • the data is mixed and sent together, which improves the data transmission reliability of V2X services.
  • the method further includes: the sending end determines the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service according to the frequency band of the second V2X service; where , The frequency band of the first V2X service is different from the frequency band of the second V2X service, the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service is different from the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service, if the frequency band of the first V2X service is different from that of the second V2X service The frequency band is the same, the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service and the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service may be the same or different.
  • the sender can determine the layer 2 address pairs of multiple V2X services, and the layer 2 address pairs of the V2X services of different frequency bands are different, avoiding V2X services of different frequency bands together and sent to the sending end, resulting in V2X Business reception failure or inaccurate reception.
  • the sending end determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service, including: The V2X layer sends a first correspondence to the access layer of the sending end, where the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service; the method further includes: the sending end saves in the access layer The first correspondence.
  • the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service can be stored in the AS layer of the sending end, so that the AS layer of the sending end can be based on the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • Determine the frequency band of the V2X service and send the data of the V2X service to the receiving end on the frequency band of the V2X service to ensure that the data of the V2X service is sent on the configured frequency band, and improve the transmission reliability of the data of the V2X service.
  • the sender sends the first V2X service data to the receiver through the V2X service frequency band according to the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service , Including: when the sending end receives the first data packet at the access layer, the first data packet carries the data of the first V2X service and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, the sending end according to the first correspondence and the first The layer 2 address pair of the V2X service obtains the frequency band of the first V2X service; the sending end sends to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the destination layer 2 address in the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service at the access layer Data of the first V2X service.
  • the sending end can obtain the frequency band of the V2X service according to the first correspondence and the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service, and send the data of the V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the V2X service, which is simple and easy.
  • the sender determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service, including: when the sender and the receiver When there is a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service between the ends, the sender uses the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection as the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service; or, when there is no communication between the sender and the receiver When there is a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service, the sending end sends the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the receiving end.
  • the first request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service ;
  • the sender receives the response to the first request from the receiver and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service; or, when the PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service does not exist between the sender and the receiver, the sender Send a first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the receiving end, the first request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the first request includes the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service; send The terminal receives the response to the first request from the receiving terminal and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the response to the first request includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service can be obtained through the PC5 unicast connection, and the established PC5 unicast connection is associated with the frequency band, and the layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service Pair as a layer 2 address pair for V2X services.
  • multiple V2X services in the same frequency band can use the layer 2 address pair of the same PC5 unicast connection, which reduces the complexity of obtaining the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and reduces the signaling overhead.
  • the method further includes: the transmitting end determines the relationship between the transmitting end and the receiving end according to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the second correspondence relationship Whether there is a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service; the second correspondence is the correspondence between the identifier of the PC5 unicast connection and the frequency band.
  • the method includes: the sending end sends a general layer 2 address to the receiving end; wherein the general layer 2 address is used for the receiving end to identify the first A frequency band of V2X service.
  • the sender and the receiver negotiate to establish a PC5 unicast connection, they can send a general layer 2 address to the receiver so that the receiver can identify which frequency band V2X service establishes the PC5 single based on the general layer 2 address. Broadcast connection, and allocate a suitable destination layer 2 address for the V2X service in this frequency band.
  • the sender determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service, including: when the sender and the receiver When there is a PC5 unicast connection between the ends, the sender negotiates the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service with the receiver through the PC5 unicast connection; or, when there is no PC5 unicast connection between the sender and the receiver, the sender sends The receiving end sends a second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection, the second request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the second request includes the source layer 2 address of the V2X service; The sender receives the response to the second request from the receiver and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the response of the second request includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service; or, when there is no PC5 between the sender and the receiver During unicast connection, the sender sends a second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiver.
  • the second request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the second request includes the PC5 unicast connection
  • the source layer 2 address of the V2X service and the source layer 2 address of the V2X service the sender receives the response of the second request from the receiver and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection, and the response of the second request includes the destination layer 2 of the PC5 unicast connection Address and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service.
  • a PC5 unicast connection can be established between the sender and the receiver, and multiple V2X service negotiation layer 2 address pairs can be negotiated through the established PC5 unicast connection. In this way, only one signaling plane is connected. It can obtain multiple V2X service layer 2 address pairs, reducing signaling overhead.
  • the sender negotiates the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service with the receiver through the PC5 unicast connection, including: the sender sends the receiver to the receiver
  • the terminal sends a third request and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection, the third request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the third request includes the first V2X
  • the source layer 2 address of the service the sending end receives a response to the third request from the receiving end, and the response to the third request includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service.
  • the method further includes: the sending end determines the first V2X service identifier according to the first V2X service identifier and the third corresponding relationship. Frequency band; Among them, the third correspondence is the correspondence between the V2X service identifier and the frequency band.
  • the third correspondence can be configured to the sending end by the policy control network element.
  • the method further includes: the sending end receives the third correspondence from the policy control network element.
  • the frequency band of the V2X service can be determined according to the configuration of the policy control network element, which is simple and easy.
  • the sending end determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X, including: When the frequency band is an available frequency band between the sending end and the receiving end, the sending end determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X.
  • the data of the V2X service can be sent to the receiving end on the available frequency band, which ensures the transmission reliability of the data of the V2X service.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be a sending end or a chip or a system on a chip in the sending end.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the sending end in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the aforementioned functions.
  • the communication device may include: a determining unit and a sending unit.
  • the determining unit is configured to determine, according to the frequency band of the first V2X service, the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service including the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service
  • the layer 2 address pair corresponds to the frequency band of the first V2X service
  • the sending unit is configured to send data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service.
  • the communication device can determine the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service according to the frequency band of the V2X service, and ensure that the V2X service data is sent according to the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service in the frequency band of the V2X service, and avoid the data of different frequency bands.
  • the V2X services are put together and sent to the sender, causing the V2X service reception failure or inaccurate reception.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device can refer to the behavior function of the sending end in the communication method provided in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, such as:
  • the frequency band of the first V2X service is the first frequency band
  • the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service corresponds to the layer 2 address of the V2X service other than the V2X service corresponding to the first frequency band Pair different.
  • different layer 2 address pairs can be determined for V2X services in different frequency bands, so as to send V2X service data on the frequency band corresponding to the V2X service according to the layer 2 address pairs of the V2X service, avoiding V2X services in different frequency bands
  • the data is mixed and sent together, which improves the data transmission reliability of V2X services.
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service according to the frequency band of the second V2X service;
  • the frequency band of a V2X service is different from the frequency band of the second V2X service, and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service is different from the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service. If the frequency band of the first V2X service is the same as the frequency band of the second V2X service ,
  • the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service and the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service may be the same or different.
  • multiple layer 2 address pairs for V2X services can be determined, and the layer 2 address pairs for V2X services in different frequency bands are different, avoiding V2X services in different frequency bands from being put together and sent to the sender, resulting in V2X service reception Failure or inaccurate reception.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to send the first correspondence to the access layer of the sending end through the V2X layer of the sending end, and the first correspondence includes Correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service; the communication device further includes: a storage unit configured to store the first correspondence at the access layer.
  • the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service can be stored in the AS layer of the sending end, so that the AS layer of the sending end can be based on the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • Determine the frequency band of the V2X service and send the data of the V2X service to the receiving end on the frequency band of the V2X service to ensure that the data of the V2X service is sent on the configured frequency band, and improve the transmission reliability of the data of the V2X service.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to: receive the first data packet, and the first data packet carries the data of the first V2X service and the first data packet.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service according to the first correspondence and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, the frequency band of the first V2X service is obtained; according to the destination layer 2 address in the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, Send the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the sending unit can obtain the frequency band of the V2X service according to the first correspondence and the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service, and send the data of the V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the V2X service, which is simple and easy.
  • the determining unit is specifically used when there is a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service between the sending end and the receiving end, Use the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection as the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service; or, when there is no PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service between the sender and the receiver, send to the receiver
  • the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service the first request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service; the response to the first request from the receiving end, the response to the first request and the first V2X service are received
  • the sender sends the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the receiver ,
  • the first request is used to request
  • the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service can be obtained through the PC5 unicast connection, and the established PC5 unicast connection is associated with the frequency band, and the layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service Pair as a layer 2 address pair for V2X services.
  • multiple V2X services in the same frequency band can use the layer 2 address pair of the same PC5 unicast connection, which reduces the complexity of obtaining the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and reduces the signaling overhead.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to determine whether there is a relationship between the transmitting end and the receiving end according to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the second corresponding relationship
  • the sending unit is also used to send a general layer 2 address to the receiving end; wherein the general layer 2 address is used to identify the first Frequency band of V2X service.
  • the sender and the receiver negotiate to establish a PC5 unicast connection, they can send a general layer 2 address to the receiver so that the receiver can identify which frequency band V2X service establishes the PC5 single based on the general layer 2 address. Broadcast connection, and allocate a suitable destination layer 2 address for the V2X service in this frequency band.
  • the determining unit is specifically used to connect to the receiving end through the PC5 unicast connection when there is a PC5 unicast connection between the sending end and the receiving end Negotiate the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service; or, when there is no PC5 unicast connection between the sender and the receiver, send a second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiver,
  • the second request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the second request includes the source layer 2 address of the V2X service; the sending end receives the second request from the receiving end And the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection, the response to the second request includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service; or, when there is no PC5 unicast connection between the sender and the receiver
  • the sending end sends a second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiving end
  • the second request is used
  • a PC5 unicast connection can be established between the sender and the receiver, and multiple V2X service negotiation layer 2 address pairs can be negotiated through the established PC5 unicast connection. In this way, only one signaling plane is connected. It can obtain multiple V2X service layer 2 address pairs, reducing signaling overhead.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to send the third request and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiving end, so
  • the third request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the third request includes the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service; receiving a response to the third request from the receiving end, the third The requested response includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service.
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the identifier of the first V2X service and the third correspondence;
  • the third correspondence is the correspondence between the V2X service identifier and the frequency band.
  • the third correspondence can be configured to the sending end by the policy control network element.
  • the communication device further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive the third correspondence from the policy control network element.
  • the frequency band of the V2X service can be determined according to the configuration of the policy control network element, which is simple and easy.
  • the determining unit is specifically used for when the frequency band of the first V2X is the available frequency band between the transmitting end and the receiving end, according to the first The frequency band of V2X determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service. Based on this possible design, the data of the V2X service can be sent to the receiving end on the available frequency band, which ensures the transmission reliability of the data of the V2X service.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer execution instructions, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer execution instructions stored in the memory to enable the The communication device executes the communication method described in the foregoing first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the first aspect or any of the above aspects. Design the described communication method.
  • a computer program product containing instructions, which when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the communication method described in the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the foregoing aspects.
  • a chip system in a sixth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface for supporting the communication device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects. For example, the processor determines that the first V2X service includes the first The source layer 2 address of the V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service are the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service. The layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service corresponds to the frequency band of the first V2X service; The layer 2 address pair of the V2X service sends the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the technical effects brought about by any one of the design methods of the third aspect to the sixth aspect may refer to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, and will not be repeated.
  • a communication method comprising: a receiving end receives a first request for requesting a destination layer 2 address of a first V2X service and a source layer 2 address of the first V2X service from a sending end, according to the A request is to allocate the destination layer 2 identifier of the first V2X service, and send the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the receiving end.
  • the receiving end can allocate the destination layer 2 address for the V2X service according to the request of the sending end, and the two negotiate to determine the layer 2 address pair used to send the data of the V2X service, which is simple and easy.
  • the receiving end sends the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the sending end, including: the receiving end sends a response to the first request to the sending end; where the response to the first request includes The destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service; or, the receiving end sends a response to the first request and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the sending end; wherein the response to the first request includes the destination layer 2 of the first V2X service address.
  • the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service can be carried in the response of the first request and sent to the sender, which is simple and easy to implement.
  • the first request includes the identifier of the first V2X service; the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the first request, including : The receiving end determines the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the identity of the first V2X service and the correspondence between the identity of the V2X service and the frequency band; the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service address.
  • the frequency band of the V2X service can be determined according to the identification of the V2X service, and the destination layer 2 address can be allocated to the V2X service according to the frequency band of the V2X service, so that the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service can be used in the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the data of the V2X service is sent on the Internet to ensure the transmission reliability of the data of the V2X service.
  • the first request includes the general layer 2 address; the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the first request, including: the receiving end according to the general layer 2 address, Determine the frequency band of the first V2X service; the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the frequency band of the V2X service can be determined according to the general layer 2 address, and the destination layer 2 address can be assigned to the V2X service according to the frequency band of the V2X service, so that the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service can be used in the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the data of the V2X service is sent on the Internet to ensure the transmission reliability of the data of the V2X service.
  • the method further includes: the receiving end receives the general layer 2 address from the sending end; the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the first request, including: The receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the first request and the general layer 2 address.
  • the V2X service allocates the destination layer 2 address for the V2X service according to the first request and the general layer 2 address, so that the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service is subsequently sent to the V2X service on the frequency band of the V2X service. Data to ensure the reliability of data transmission for V2X services.
  • a communication device may be a receiving end or a chip or a system on a chip in the receiving end.
  • the communication device can implement the functions performed by the receiving end in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the aforementioned functions.
  • the communication device may include: a receiving unit, a distribution unit, and a sending unit;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a first request for requesting a destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and a source layer 2 address of the first V2X service from the sending end;
  • An allocation unit configured to allocate the destination layer 2 identifier of the first V2X service according to the first request
  • the sending unit is used to send the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the sending end.
  • the destination layer 2 address can be assigned to the V2X service according to the request of the sender, and the two negotiate to determine the layer 2 address pair used to send the data of the V2X service, which is simple and easy.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to send a response to the first request to the sending end; wherein the response to the first request includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service; or, the receiving end
  • the response of the first request and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service are sent to the sending end; wherein, the response of the first request includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service.
  • the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service can be carried in the response of the first request and sent to the sender, which is simple and easy to implement.
  • the first request includes the identification of the first V2X service; the allocation unit is specifically used for the identification of the first V2X service and the identification of the V2X service
  • the corresponding relationship between the frequency bands is to determine the frequency band of the first V2X service; according to the frequency band of the first V2X service, the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service is allocated.
  • the frequency band of the V2X service can be determined according to the identification of the V2X service, and the destination layer 2 address can be allocated to the V2X service according to the frequency band of the V2X service, so that the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service can be used in the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the data of the V2X service is sent on the Internet to ensure the transmission reliability of the data of the V2X service.
  • the first request includes the general layer 2 address; the allocation unit is specifically configured to determine the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the general layer 2 address; according to the frequency band of the first V2X service, Assign the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service.
  • the frequency band of the V2X service can be determined according to the general layer 2 address, and the destination layer 2 address can be assigned to the V2X service according to the frequency band of the V2X service, so that the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service can be used in the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the data of the V2X service is sent on the Internet to ensure the transmission reliability of the data of the V2X service.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the general layer 2 address from the sending end; the allocation unit is specifically configured to allocate the first V2X address according to the first request and the general layer 2 address The destination layer 2 address of the service. Based on this possible design, it can be determined that the V2X service allocates the destination layer 2 address for the V2X service according to the first request and the general layer 2 address, so that the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service is subsequently sent to the V2X service on the frequency band of the V2X service. Data to ensure the reliability of data transmission for V2X services.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer execution instructions, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer execution instructions stored in the memory to enable the The communication device executes the communication method described in the seventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the seventh aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the seventh aspect or any of the above aspects. Design the described communication method.
  • a computer program product containing instructions when it runs on a computer, the computer can execute the communication method described in the seventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the foregoing aspects.
  • a chip system in a twelfth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface for supporting the communication device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects. For example, the processor receives a request for the A first request for the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service, according to the first request, the destination layer 2 identifier of the first V2X service is allocated, and the destination layer of the first V2X service is sent to the sender 2Address.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a communication method includes: the sending end determines the QoS flow of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service, and the QoS flow of the first V2X service QoS flow, sending the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end.
  • a QoS flow can be established for the V2X service according to the frequency band of the V2X service and the QoS requirements of the V2X service. Subsequent, it is convenient to filter the data of the V2X service with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements to the same QoS flow and send it to At the receiving end, avoid putting together the data of V2X services with different frequency bands and different QoS requirements and sending them to the sending end, which may lead to the failure or inaccurate reception of V2X services.
  • the frequency band of the first V2X service is the first frequency band
  • the QoS requirement of the first V2X service is the first QoS requirement.
  • a QoS requirement corresponds to a different QoS flow for V2X services other than V2X services.
  • the method further includes: the sending end determines the second V2X service according to the frequency band of the second V2X service and the QoS requirements of the second V2X service The QoS flow of the service; among them, if the frequency band of the first V2X service is different from the frequency band of the second V2X service and/or the QoS requirements of the first V2X service are different from the QoS requirements of the second V2X service, the QoS flow of the first V2X service is different from that of the second V2X service.
  • the QoS flow of the second V2X service is different; if the frequency band of the first V2X service is the same as the frequency band of the second V2X service, and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service are the same as the QoS requirements of the second V2X service, the QoS flow of the first V2X service can be Same as the QoS flow of the second V2X service.
  • different QoS flows can be determined for V2X services with different frequency bands and/or different QoS requirements, and the same QoS flow can be determined for V2X services with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements, avoiding different frequency bands with different QoS requirements
  • the data of the V2X service is sent to the sender through the same QoS flow, which leads to the problem of failure or inaccurate reception of the V2X service.
  • the sender sends V2X service data to the receiver through the QoS flow of the V2X service, including: the sender sends the data of the V2X service to the receiver through the V2X layer of the sender.
  • the access layer of the sending end sends a fourth correspondence, and the fourth correspondence is the correspondence between the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service; the method further includes: the sending end saves the fourth correspondence in the access layer relationship.
  • the correspondence between the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service can be saved, which is convenient for subsequent transmission of V2X according to the correspondence between the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • Business data is simple and easy.
  • the sender sends the data of the first V2X service to the receiver through the QoS flow of the first V2X service, including: when the sender is in When the V2X layer receives the first data packet, and the first data packet carries the data of the first V2X service, the sender filters the data of the first V2X service into the QoS flow of the first V2X service at the V2X layer; the sender is at the V2X layer Send a second data packet to the access layer.
  • the second data packet includes the data of the first V2X service, the QoS flow identifier of the first V2X service, and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service; Four correspondences and the identification of the QoS flow of the first V2X service to obtain the frequency band of the first V2X service; the sender passes the first V2X service according to the destination layer 2 address in the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service at the access layer The frequency band in which sends the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end; wherein the QoS flow of the first V2X service includes the data of the first V2X service.
  • the frequency band of the V2X service can be obtained according to the corresponding relationship between the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service, and the frequency in the QoS flow can be sent to the receiving end on the obtained frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the data of the V2X service ensures that the data of the V2X service is sent to the receiving end on the frequency band of the V2X service, which improves the transmission reliability of the data of the V2X service.
  • the sender determines the QoS flow of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service, including : When there is a QoS flow corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirement of the first V2X service between the sending end and the receiving end, the sending end will correspond to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirement of the first V2X service The QoS flow is determined as the QoS flow of the first V2X service; or, when there is no QoS flow corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service between the sender and the receiver, the sender is the first V2X The service establishes the QoS flow of the first V2X service.
  • V2X services with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements can reuse the same QoS flow, reducing the number of times to establish QoS flows and reducing signaling overhead.
  • the method further includes: the sending end determines the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the identifier of the first V2X service and the third correspondence relationship ;
  • the third correspondence is the correspondence between the V2X service identifier and the frequency band.
  • the third correspondence may be configured by the policy control network element to the sending end, for example, the sending end receives the third correspondence from the policy control network element.
  • the frequency band of the V2X service can be determined according to the configuration of the policy control network element, which is simple and easy.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be a sending end or a chip or a system on a chip in the sending end.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the sending end in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the aforementioned functions.
  • the communication device may include: a determining unit and a sending unit;
  • the determining unit is configured to determine the QoS flow of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service;
  • the sending unit is configured to send data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the QoS flow of the first V2X service.
  • the frequency band of the first V2X service is the first frequency band
  • the QoS requirement of the first V2X service is the first QoS requirement.
  • a QoS requirement corresponds to a different QoS flow for V2X services other than V2X services.
  • the determining unit is also used to determine the second V2X service according to the frequency band of the second V2X service and the QoS requirements of the second V2X service QoS flow; among them, if the frequency band of the first V2X service is different from the frequency band of the second V2X service and/or the QoS requirements of the first V2X service are different from the QoS requirements of the second V2X service, the QoS flow of the first V2X service is different from that of the second V2X service.
  • the QoS flow of the V2X service is different; if the frequency band of the first V2X service is the same as the frequency band of the second V2X service, and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service are the same as the QoS requirements of the second V2X service, the QoS flow of the first V2X service can be the same as that of the second V2X service. 2.
  • the QoS flow of the V2X service is the same.
  • different QoS flows can be determined for V2X services with different frequency bands and/or different QoS requirements, and the same QoS flow can be determined for V2X services with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements, avoiding different frequency bands with different QoS requirements
  • the data of the V2X service is sent to the sender through the same QoS flow, which leads to the problem of failure or inaccurate reception of the V2X service.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to send the fourth correspondence to the access layer of the sending end through the V2X layer of the sending end, and the fourth correspondence is The corresponding relationship between the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service; the communication device further includes: a storage unit configured to store the fourth corresponding relationship at the access layer.
  • the correspondence between the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service can be saved, which is convenient for subsequent transmission of V2X according to the correspondence between the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • Business data is simple and easy.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to: when the first data packet is received, the first data packet carries the data of the first V2X service, The data of the first V2X service is filtered into the QoS flow of the first V2X service; a second data packet is sent to the access layer.
  • the second data packet includes the data of the first V2X service, the QoS flow identifier of the first V2X service, and the first V2X service.
  • a layer 2 address pair of the V2X service according to the fourth correspondence and the QoS flow identifier of the first V2X service, the frequency band of the first V2X service is obtained; according to the destination layer 2 address in the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, Send the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service; wherein, the QoS flow of the first V2X service includes the data of the first V2X service.
  • the frequency band of the V2X service can be obtained according to the corresponding relationship between the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service, and the frequency in the QoS flow can be sent to the receiving end on the obtained frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the data of the V2X service ensures that the data of the V2X service is sent to the receiving end on the frequency band of the V2X service, which improves the transmission reliability of the data of the V2X service.
  • the determining unit is specifically used when there is a frequency band with the first V2X service and the QoS of the first V2X service between the sending end and the receiving end
  • the sender will determine the QoS flow corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service as the QoS flow of the first V2X service; or, when there is no relationship between the sender and the receiver
  • the sending end establishes the QoS flow of the first V2X service for the first V2X service.
  • V2X services with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements can reuse the same QoS flow, reducing the number of times to establish QoS flows and reducing signaling overhead.
  • the determining unit is also used to determine the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the identity of the first V2X service and the third correspondence; where , The third correspondence is the correspondence between the identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band.
  • the third correspondence may be configured by the policy control network element to the sending end.
  • the communication device further includes a receiving unit configured to receive the third correspondence from the policy control network element.
  • the frequency band of the V2X service can be determined according to the configuration of the policy control network element, which is simple and easy.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory to enable The communication device executes the communication method described in the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the thirteenth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the thirteenth aspect or any of the foregoing aspects Possible design of the communication method described.
  • the seventeenth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the communication method described in the thirteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the foregoing aspects.
  • a chip system in an eighteenth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface for supporting the communication device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects.
  • the processor is based on the frequency band of the first V2X service and the first V2X service.
  • the QoS requirement of the service determines the QoS flow of the first V2X service, and sends the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the QoS flow of the first V2X service.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a communication system may include the sending end according to any one of the second aspect to the sixth aspect, and the receiving end according to any one of the eighth aspect to the twelfth aspect. Or, the communication system includes the sending end and the receiving end as described in any one of the fourteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a protocol layer of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5a is a schematic diagram of determining a layer 2 address pair of a V2X service according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 5b is another schematic diagram of determining a layer 2 address pair of a V2X service according to an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of yet another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of yet another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 100 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 110 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of this application can be used in a communication system supporting V2X service transmission.
  • the communication system may be a 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) communication system, for example, long term evolution (LTE)
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • LTE long term evolution
  • the system can also be a fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, a new radio (NR) system, or other next-generation communication systems, etc., or a non-3GPP communication system without limitation.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • the communication system may include multiple terminals, access network equipment, access and mobility management functions (AMF), and policy control functions.
  • policy control function, PCF policy control function
  • UDM unified data management
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the DN may include a V2X application server (application service, APP service).
  • the terminal can interact with the access network equipment through the Uu port, and access the network through the access network equipment; the terminal can also communicate directly with other terminals through the PC5 port, for example: the terminal can communicate with other terminals through the PC5 port interface Send V2X services, etc.
  • the terminal may be referred to as terminal equipment (terminal equipment) or user equipment (UE) or mobile station (mobile station, MS) or mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc.
  • the terminal in Figure 1 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with wireless transceiver function, it can also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, an industrial Wireless terminals in control, wireless terminals in unmanned driving, wireless terminals in telemedicine, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, smart homes, vehicle terminals, etc.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • the terminal can communicate with other terminals in the communication system one-to-one, that is, unicast communication, or it can perform multicast communication with multiple other terminals in the communication system.
  • terminal 1 can communicate with The unicast communication between the terminal 2 and the multicast communication with the terminal 2 and the terminal 3 can also be carried out without limitation.
  • the embodiment of the present application only uses unicast communication as an example to describe the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • PCF is mainly used to configure V2X communication parameters for the terminal; for example, the PCF can determine the frequency band corresponding to the V2X service for the terminal according to the deployment of network resources, the terminal’s subscription and authorization information, and the identification of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the corresponding relationship is configured to the terminal.
  • the name of the PCF is not limited, and the PCF can also be named as a policy control network element.
  • the related functions of other network elements in FIG. 1, such as access network equipment, AMF, UPF, etc., can refer to the existing description, and will not be repeated.
  • V2X services can be sent according to the correspondence between the frequency band of the V2X service and the layer 2 address pairs of the V2X service, and The V2X service is transmitted on the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the QoS flow of the V2X service can be determined according to the frequency band of the V2X service and the QoS requirements of the V2X service.
  • V2X services belonging to the same frequency band and the same QoS requirement are filtered into the same QoS flow, which will belong to different frequency bands and /Or V2X services with different QoS requirements are filtered into different QoS flows, and the V2X services are sent through the QoS flow of the V2X service.
  • the implementation process can refer to the description in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 1 is only an exemplary architecture diagram, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of network elements included in the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the network shown in Figure 1 may also include other functional entities, such as: it may also include a monitoring module for monitoring the working status of each device in the network .
  • the name of each device in Figure 1 and the name of the interface between each device are not limited.
  • each device can be named with other names, such as replacing it with a network element with the same or similar functions. The name is not restricted.
  • two terminals for direct communication may establish a protocol layer as shown in FIG. 2 and transmit V2X services through the protocol layer.
  • the two terminals for direct communication (such as terminal 1 and terminal 2) respectively include application layer, V2X layer (V2X layer), access (access stratum, AS) layer, and packet data.
  • Convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol, PDCP
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the application layer is mainly used to provide V2X services, such as generating V2X services.
  • V2X layer is mainly used to determine the frequency band of the V2X service, and is responsible for establishing PC5 unicast connections.
  • the V2X layer can store the identifier of the V2X service and the correspondence between the frequency bands.
  • the V2X layer of the terminal can be independently deployed in the terminal or in other protocol layers of the terminal, for example, it can be integrated in the AS layer of the terminal.
  • the actions performed by the V2X layer can be considered to be performed by the AS layer and are not restricted.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the independent deployment of the V2X layer of the terminal in the terminal as an example for description, which is not limited.
  • the name of the V2X layer is not limited.
  • the V2X layer can also be named the PC5-S layer or other protocol layers with functions of the V2X layer described in the embodiments of the application.
  • the AS layer is mainly used to filter V2X services into the corresponding QoS flow.
  • the AS layer can store (or record) data packet filtering sets or quality of service flow (QoS flow, QF) related parameters (such as QoS flow identification (QFI)).
  • QoS flow, QF quality of service flow
  • QFI QoS flow identification
  • the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer in FIG. 2 can refer to the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer in the prior art, and will not be repeated.
  • Fig. 2 is only an exemplary drawing of the protocol layer of the terminal.
  • the terminal may also include other protocol layers, such as service data adaptation protocol. , SDAP) layer, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, etc., are not restricted.
  • the names of the protocol layers in FIG. 2 are not limited.
  • each protocol layer can also be named with other names, such as replacing the names of protocol layers with the same or similar functions, without limitation.
  • each device shown in FIG. 1, such as the terminal in FIG. 1, may adopt the composition structure shown in FIG. 3, or include the components shown in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 300 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 300 may be a terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device 300 includes a processor 301, a communication line 302, and a communication interface 303.
  • the communication device 300 may further include a memory 304.
  • the processor 301, the memory 304, and the communication interface 303 may be connected through a communication line 302.
  • the processor 301 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), a microprocessor, or a microcontroller. , Programmable logic device (PLD) or any combination of them.
  • the processor 301 may also be any other device with processing functions, such as a circuit, a device, or a software module, without limitation.
  • the communication line 302 is used to transmit information between the components included in the communication device 300.
  • the communication interface 303 is used to communicate with other devices or other communication networks.
  • the other communication network may be Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
  • the communication interface 303 may be a module, a circuit, a transceiver or any device capable of implementing communication.
  • the memory 304 is used to store instructions. Among them, the instructions can be computer programs.
  • the memory 304 may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and/or instructions, or it may be a random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or Other types of dynamic storage devices that store information and/or instructions can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory, CD- ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, etc., are not restricted.
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD- ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • optical disc storage including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.
  • the memory 304 can exist independently of the processor 301 or can be integrated with the processor 301.
  • the memory 304 may be used to store instructions or program codes or some data.
  • the memory 304 may be located in the communication device 300 or outside the communication device 300, without limitation.
  • the processor 301 is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory 304 to implement the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 301 may execute instructions stored in the memory 304 to implement the steps performed by the sending end in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3.
  • the communication device 300 includes multiple processors.
  • the processor 301 in FIG. 3 it may also include a processor 307.
  • the communication apparatus 300 further includes an output device 305 and an input device 306.
  • the input device 306 is a device such as a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone or a joystick
  • the output device 305 is a device such as a display screen and a speaker.
  • the communication device 300 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device with a similar structure in FIG. 3.
  • the composition structure shown in FIG. 3 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components. , Or different component arrangements.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • Fig. 4 is a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 4, the method may include:
  • Step 401 The sending end determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the sending end may be any terminal in FIG. 1 that sends data of the first V2X service to other terminals through the PC5 port.
  • the sending end may be terminal 1 in FIG. 1.
  • the receiving end can be any terminal that receives the V2X service sent by the sending end through the PC5 port.
  • the sending end is terminal 1 in Figure 1
  • the receiving end can be Terminal 2 or Terminal 3 in 1, etc.
  • the first V2X service can be any V2X service, for example, it can be a vehicle-to-vehicle safety warning service, or a non-safety application service.
  • the first V2X service may be uniquely identified by an identifier (service identifier, service ID) of the first V2X service, and the identifier of the first V2X service may also be referred to as the service identifier of the first V2X service.
  • the identifier of the first V2X service may be a provider service identifier (PSID), or an intelligent transportation systems-application identifier (ITS-AID), etc.
  • PSID provider service identifier
  • ITS-AID intelligent transportation systems-application identifier
  • the data of the first V2X service can be sent to the receiving end on the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the frequency band of the first V2X service can be pre-divided by the operator as required, and different types of V2X services can correspond to different frequency bands.
  • the sending end may determine the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the identifier of the V2X service and the correspondence between frequency bands and the identifier of the first V2X service.
  • the corresponding relationship between the V2X service identifier and the frequency band of the V2X service can be configured to the sender by the PCF.
  • the PCF can configure the corresponding relationship between the V2X service identifier and the frequency band of the V2X service to the sending end.
  • the correspondence relationship between the V2X service identifier and the frequency band of the V2X service can be in the form of a list, as shown in the following table 1, or in the form of an array or other forms, such as: the identity of the V2X service and the V2X service
  • the corresponding relationship of the frequency bands can be ⁇ service ID1, service ID2, frequency band F1 ⁇ , etc., which is not limited.
  • the embodiment of the present application only takes the correspondence between the V2X service identifier and the V2X service frequency band in the form of a list as an example for description.
  • Table 1 shows the correspondence between V2X service identifiers and frequency bands.
  • service ID1 corresponds to frequency band F1
  • service ID2 corresponds to frequency band F1
  • service ID3 corresponds to frequency band F3.
  • the sender can use service ID1 as an index to look up Table 1, and determine that the frequency band corresponding to service ID1 is F1, the frequency band of the first V2X service is F1, and assuming the first V2X identifier is service ID3
  • the sender can use service ID3 as an index to look up Table 1, and determine that the frequency band corresponding to service ID3 is F3, and the frequency band of the first V2X service is F3.
  • the frequency band of the first V2X service corresponds to the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service.
  • the sender sends the first V2X service's frequency band according to the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service. For data, ensure that the data of the V2X service is sent on the frequency band of the first V2X service, and avoid sending the data of the first V2X service on other frequency bands except the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service may be one or more, and the frequency band of the first V2X service may correspond to one or more layer 2 address pairs of the first V2X service. It should be noted that in each embodiment of this application, one frequency band can correspond to multiple V2X services, one frequency band can correspond to multiple layer 2 address pairs, and multiple V2X services belonging to one frequency band can correspond to different frequency bands. Layer 2 address pair.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service may include the source layer 2 address (source L2 addresses) of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address (destination L2 addresses) of the first V2X service, and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service The address can be used to identify the sender, and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service can be used to identify the receiver.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service can be used to transmit the data of the first V2X service.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service and the data of the first V2X service can be encapsulated in They are sent to the receiving end together, so that the receiving end can recognize which sender sent the first V2X service to itself according to the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, and receive the data of the first V2X service according to the identification result.
  • the layer 2 address pairs of V2X services in different frequency bands are different.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service is different from the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service other than the V2X service corresponding to the first frequency band.
  • the V2X service other than the V2X service may refer to the V2X service that is not allocated to the first frequency band, and the data of the V2X service cannot be sent to the receiving end through the first frequency band.
  • the layer 2 address of V2X service 1 is different from the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 2, such as: the purpose of V2X service 1.
  • the layer 2 address is different from the destination layer 2 address of V2X service 2, or the source layer 2 address of V2X service 1 is different from the source layer 2 address of V2X service 2, and the destination layer 2 address of V2X service 1 is the same as the destination of V2X service 2.
  • the layer 2 address is different.
  • the sender can refer to the first scenario of the method shown in Figure 4 below to determine the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, or the sender can refer to the second scenario of the method shown in Figure 4 below In the described method, the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service is determined.
  • step 401 may be performed by the V2X layer of the sending end.
  • the V2X layer of the sending end can be referred to as described in FIG. 2.
  • the V2X layer of the sending end may send the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service and the frequency band of the first V2X service To the AS layer of the sender.
  • step 401 only determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service as an example. It is understandable that the process of determining the layer 2 address pair of other one or more V2X services can refer to step 401. Narrated. When the transmission of multiple V2X services is supported between the sender and the receiver, the sender can refer to the method shown in step 401 to determine the layer 2 address pairs of the multiple V2X services.
  • Step 402 The sending end sends the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service.
  • the sending end may identify the receiving end that receives the data of the first V2X service according to the destination layer 2 address in the layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and send to the identified sending end through the frequency band of the first V2X service Send the data of the first V2X service. Further, when the sending end sends the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service, the sending end may also send the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service to the receiving end, so that the receiving end according to the first V2X service The layer 2 address pair of the V2X service identifies which sender sent the received data of the first V2X service to itself.
  • the sending end may send the data of the first V2X service and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • step 402 and step 402 can be performed by the protocol layer of the sending end, such as:
  • the sending end sends the first correspondence to the access layer of the sending end through the V2X layer of the sending end.
  • the first correspondence is the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service; the sending end is at the access layer of the sending end Save the first correspondence.
  • the first correspondence includes the frequency band of the first V2X service and the correspondence between the layer 2 address pairs of the first V2X service determined in step 401.
  • the application at the sending end triggers the first V2X service, and the application layer at the sending end generates the data of the first V2X service, and sends the data of the first V2X service to the V2X layer at the sending end;
  • the V2X layer of the sending end receives the data of the first V2X service, and sends the data of the first V2X service and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service to the AS layer of the terminal;
  • the AS layer of the sender receives the data of the first V2X service and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, and obtains the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the first correspondence and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, and The destination layer 2 address in the layer 2 address of the V2X service sends the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end identified by the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service through the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the AS layer of the sending end also sends the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service to the receiving end, and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service can be sent to the receiving end together with the data of the first V2X service.
  • the AS layer of the terminal may submit the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service and the data of the first V2X service down to the PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer of the terminal for processing and then send to the receiving end.
  • Table 2 shows the correspondence between the frequency band of the V2X service and the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service.
  • F1 corresponds to (source L2 addresses1, destination L2 addresses1)
  • F2 corresponds to (source L2 addresses2, destination L2 addresses2, destination L2 addresses2
  • F3 corresponds to (source L2 addresses3, destination L2 addresses3).
  • the AS layer of the sender can use (source L2 addresses1, destination L2 addresses1) as the index, look up the table two, and confirm with (source L2 addresses1, destination L2 addresses1)
  • the corresponding frequency band is F1
  • the data of V2X service 1 is sent to the receiving end on F1.
  • V2X service frequency band Layer 2 address pair F1 (source L2 adress1, destination L2 addresss1)
  • F2 (source L2 adress2, destination L2 addresss2)
  • F3 (source L2 addresss3, destination L2 addresss3)
  • the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service can be determined according to the frequency band of the V2X service, and the frequency band of the V2X service can be matched with the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service to ensure that the frequency band of the V2X service is based on the V2X service frequency.
  • the layer 2 address pair sends V2X service data to avoid putting V2X services in different frequency bands together and sending them to the sender, which may cause the V2X service reception failure or inaccurate reception.
  • Figure 4 only determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service and sends the data of the first V2X service as an example.
  • the determination process and data of the layer 2 address pair of the other one or more V2X services Refer to Figure 4 for the sending process.
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 may also include:
  • the sending end determines the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service according to the frequency band of the second V2X service, and according to the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service, sends the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the second V2X service.
  • the detailed process of the sending end determining the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service and sending the data of the second V2X service can be referred to as shown in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated.
  • the layer 2 address pairs corresponding to V2X services of different frequency bands are different.
  • the layer 2 address pairs of two or more V2X services are also different.
  • the different layer 2 address pairs of the V2X service may mean that the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service is different, or the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service and the source layer 2 address of the V2X service are both different.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the relationship between the layer 2 address pairs of the V2X service in the same frequency band.
  • the layer 2 address pairs of the V2X service in the same frequency band can be the same or different, for example, if there are two or more V2X services If the frequency bands of the two or more V2X services are the same, the layer 2 address pairs of the two or more V2X services can be the same layer 2 address pair or different layer 2 address pairs, and there is no restriction.
  • the sending end determining the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service and determining the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service as an example, if the frequency band of the first V2X service is different from the frequency band of the second V2X service, the frequency band of the first V2X service The layer 2 address pair is different from the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service. If the frequency band of the first V2X service is the same as the frequency band of the second V2X service, the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service is the same as the layer 2 address of the second V2X service. There is no restriction on the same or the same.
  • the sender determining the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service may include:
  • the sender uses the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection as the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service; or, when the sender When there is no PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service between the receiving ends, a PC5 unicast connection is established for the first V2X, and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service is obtained.
  • the sending end may also save the identification of the PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the first frequency band, and subsequently, It is convenient for the sending end to determine whether there is a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the sender can also save the PC5 unicast connection identifier corresponding to the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection, so that after determining that there is a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service, according to the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the correspondence between the identifier of the broadcast connection and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection obtains the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service.
  • the correspondence between the identity of the PC5 unicast connection and the first frequency band, and the correspondence between the identity of the PC5 unicast connection and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection can be stored separately or combined together.
  • the identification of the PC5 unicast connection, the first frequency band, and the layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection are correspondingly saved, and there is no restriction.
  • the name of the PC5 unicast connection is not limited.
  • the PC5 unicast connection can also be named PC5 unicast link or PC5-S connection.
  • the PC5 unicast connection can refer to the signaling plane connection between the sender and the receiver.
  • PC5 The unicast connection can be used to transmit signaling or messages between the sender and receiver.
  • the identifier of the PC5 unicast connection may be a PC5 signaling identifier (PC5 signal identifier, PSID), which may be used to identify the PC5 unicast connection.
  • PC5 signal identifier PC5 signal identifier, PSID
  • the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection can be obtained when the PC5 unicast connection is established.
  • the PC5 unicast connection is The layer 2 address pair may be the acquired layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, that is, the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection is the same as the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service of the frequency band corresponding to the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the sending end can determine whether there is a correspondence between the sending end and the receiving end according to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the second correspondence.
  • PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service For example, the sender can use the frequency band of the first V2X service as an index to query the second correspondence. If there is a PC5 unicast connection identifier corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service in the second correspondence, it is determined that there is a The PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service. Conversely, if the frequency band of the first V2X service is not included in the second correspondence, it is determined that there is no PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the second correspondence may also include the correspondence between the V2X Service ID, the identifier of the PC5 unicast connection, and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • V2X Service ID As PSID as PSID as an example, Table 3 below shows the correspondence between V2X Service ID, PC5 unicast connection ID, frequency band, and layer 2 address pair.
  • PSID1 corresponds to PC5 unicast link ID1, frequency band F1, and layer 2 address pair 1;
  • PSID2, PSID4 correspond to PC5 unicast link ID2, frequency band F2, and layer 2 address pair 2
  • PSID3 corresponds to PC5 unicast link ID3, frequency band F2 and layer 2 address pair 3
  • PSID5, PSID6 correspond to PC5 unicast link ID4, frequency band F3, and layer 2 address pair 4.
  • the sender can use F1 as the index to look up Table 3, find that there is a PSID1 corresponding to F1 in Table 3, determine that there is a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service, and then use PSID1 is the index lookup table 3. It is found that the layer 2 address pair corresponding to PSID1 is the layer 2 address pair 1, and the layer 2 address pair 1 is determined as the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service.
  • V2X Service ID PC5 unicast connection ID Frequency band Layer 2 address pair PSID1 PC5 unicast link ID1 F1 Layer 2 address pair 1 PSID2, PSID4 PC5 unicast link ID2 F2 Layer 2 address pair 2 PSID3 PC5 unicast link ID3 F2 Layer 2 address pair 3 PSID5, PSID6 PC5 unicast link ID4 F3 Layer 2 address pair 4
  • the foregoing establishment of the PC5 unicast connection for the first V2X and obtaining the layer 2 address of the first V2X service may include: the sending end sends the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the receiving end; A request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service; the receiving end receives the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service, allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the first request, and sends it to The sender sends the response to the first request and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service; or, the sender sends the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the receiver; where the first request is used to request the request The destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the first request includes the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service; the receiving end receives the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and allocates the first V2X according
  • the sending end receives the response to the first request from the receiving end, and further uses the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the received first V2X service as the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service.
  • the first request may include the identifier of the first V2X service.
  • the name of the first request is not limited, and the first request can be named as a direct communication request or other names without limitation.
  • the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service may be included in the first request, or the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service is not included in the first request, and the sender uses the AS layer of the sender to The first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service are sent to the receiving end.
  • the first request may be included in the payload of a MAC protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU), and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service may be included in the MAC header of the MAC PDU; or
  • the source layer 2 address of a V2X service is included in the first request, and the sender sends the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the receiver through the AS layer of the sender.
  • the first request is included in In the load of the MAC PDU, the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service is included in the MAC header of the MAC PDU.
  • the sender when the sender sends the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the receiver, it can also send the common L2 address to the sender, and the common layer 2 address can be used by the receiver to identify the second address.
  • a frequency band of V2X service There is a correspondence between general-purpose layer 2 addresses and frequency bands, and different general-purpose layer 2 addresses can correspond to different frequency bands.
  • the general layer 2 address may be included in the first request, or the general layer 2 address is not included in the first request, and the sender sends the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service through the AS layer of the sender
  • the first request is included in the payload of the MAC PDU
  • the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service is included in the MAC header of the MAC PDU; or, the source layer 2 of the first V2X service
  • the address is included in the first request.
  • the sender sends the first request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the receiver through the AS layer of the sender.
  • the first request is included in the load of the MAC PDU.
  • the source layer 2 address of a V2X service is included in the MAC header of the MAC PDU.
  • the terminal assigning the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X may include: the receiving terminal determines the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the identifier of the first V2X service and the correspondence between the identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band; For the frequency band of the first V2X service, the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service is allocated.
  • the PCF may pre-configure the corresponding relationship between the V2X service identifier and the frequency band to the receiving end.
  • the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service may include: the receiving end randomly allocates a destination layer 2 address to the first V2X according to the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the destination layer 2 address allocated for the V2X service of the frequency band is different.
  • the receiver according to The first request, assigning the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service includes: the receiving end determines the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the general layer 2 address, and the receiving end allocates the purpose of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service Layer 2 address.
  • the receiving end determines the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the general layer 2 address may include: the receiving end according to the correspondence between the general layer 2 address and the frequency band, And the received general layer 2 address to determine the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • Example 2 of the first scenario of the method shown in FIG. 4 the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • a scenario is described in example one, so I won’t repeat it.
  • Allocating the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service includes: the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the first request and the general layer 2 address.
  • the first request can be used as a trigger condition for the receiving end to allocate the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service.
  • the receiving end receives the first request according to The general layer 2 address assigns the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service.
  • Example 3 of the first scenario of the method shown in FIG. 4 the way that the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the general layer 2 address can refer to the first scenario of the method shown in FIG. 4 The description in Example 2 will not be repeated.
  • the first scenario of the method shown in Figure 4 is only described as an example to determine the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service.
  • the sender can refer to the description in the first scenario of the method shown in Figure 4 , Determine the layer 2 address pairs of multiple V2X services other than the first V2X service, and there is no restriction.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection can be used as the layer 2 address of the V2X service.
  • a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service is established, and the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service is obtained through the establishment of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection can be used as the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service, so that multiple V2X services corresponding to the same frequency band correspond to the same PC5 unicast connection, and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection As the layer 2 address pair of these V2X services.
  • service ID1 and service ID2 correspond to frequency band F1, service ID3, service ID4, and service ID5 correspond to frequency band F2, and service ID6 corresponds to frequency band F3, using the method described in the first scenario of the method shown in Figure 4
  • service ID1, service ID2 correspond to PC5 unicast connection 1 ⁇ layer 2 address pair: source layer 2 address A1, destination layer 2 address B1 ⁇
  • service ID3, service ID4 correspond to PC5 Unicast connection 2 ⁇ layer 2 address pair: source layer 2 address A2, destination layer 2 address B2 ⁇
  • service ID6 corresponds to PC5 unicast connection 3 ⁇ layer 2 address pair: source layer 2 address A3, destination layer 2 address B3 ⁇ .
  • the sending end determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service, which may include:
  • the sender When there is a PC5 unicast connection between the sender and the receiver, the sender negotiates the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service with the receiver through the PC5 unicast connection; or, when there is no PC5 unicast connection between the sender and the receiver , Create a PC5 unicast connection for the first V2X service, and obtain the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service.
  • the sending end may correspond the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service to the frequency band of the first V2X service Stored in the AS layer of the sender.
  • the sending end negotiates the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service with the receiving end through the PC5 unicast connection, which may include: the sending end sends the third request to the receiving end and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the third request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the third request includes the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service;
  • the receiving end receives the third request and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection, according to the third request and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection, allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and sends the third address to the sender The response to the request; where the response to the third request includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service;
  • the sending end receives a response to the third request from the receiving end.
  • the third request may include the identifier of the first V2X service.
  • the name of the third request is not restricted, and the third request can be named as a parameter negotiation request or other names without restriction.
  • the receiving end according to the third request and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection, allocating the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service may include: the receiving end first identifies the third layer according to the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection
  • the request is sent through the PC5 unicast connection established between itself and the sender, and then the frequency band of the first V2X service is determined according to the identity of the first V2X service included in the third request and the correspondence between the identity of the V2X service and the frequency band.
  • the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service is allocated.
  • creating a new PC5 unicast connection for the first V2X service, and acquiring the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service may include:
  • the sending end sends a second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiving end, the second request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the second request includes the source layer of the first V2X service 2 address;
  • the receiving end receives the second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection and the source layer 2 address of the V2X service, and allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection according to the second request;
  • the receiving end sends a response to the second request and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the sending end.
  • the response to the second request includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service; the sending end receives a response to the second request from the receiving end.
  • the second request may include the identifier of the first V2X service.
  • the name of the second request is not restricted, and the second request can be named as a direct communication request or other names without restriction.
  • the second request may also include the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection. That is, the sending end sends the second request to the receiving end and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection exists in the following two situations:
  • Case 1 The sending end sends a second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiving end, and the second request includes the source 2 address of the first V2X service.
  • the sender sends the second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiver through the AS layer of the sender.
  • the second request is included in the load of the MAC PDU
  • the source layer of the PC5 unicast connection 2 The address is included in the MAC header of the MAC PDU.
  • the response to the second request includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, but does not include the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • Case 2 The sending end sends a second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiving end.
  • the second request includes the source 2 address of the first V2X service and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the sender sends the second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiver through the AS layer of the sender.
  • the second request is included in the load of the MAC PDU
  • the source layer of the PC5 unicast connection 2 The address is included in the MAC header of the MAC PDU.
  • the response to the second request includes the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the sending end when it sends the second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiving end, it can also send a generic layer 2 address to the sending end, which can be used by the receiving end to identify the first V2X service. Frequency band.
  • general-purpose layer 2 addresses There is a correspondence between general-purpose layer 2 addresses and frequency bands, and different general-purpose layer 2 addresses can correspond to different frequency bands.
  • the general layer 2 address may be included in the second request, or the general layer 2 address is not included in the second request, and the sender sends the second request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service through the AS layer of the sender
  • the second request is included in the load of the MAC PDU, and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service is included in the MAC header of the MAC PDU; or, the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service is included in
  • the sender sends the second request and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the receiver through the AS layer of the sender.
  • the second request is included in the load of the MAC PDU, and the first V2X service The source layer 2 address of is included in the MAC header of the MAC PDU.
  • the end assigning the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection may include: the receiving end determines according to the identity of the first V2X service and the correspondence between the identity of the V2X service and the frequency band The frequency band of the first V2X service; the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection according to the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the PCF pre-configures the corresponding relationship between the V2X service identifier and the frequency band to the receiving end.
  • the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection including: the receiving end randomly allocates a destination to the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service
  • the layer 2 address is to allocate a destination layer 2 address for the PC5 unicast connection.
  • Example 2 of the second scenario of the method shown in Figure 4 when the sender sends a second request and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the receiver, and the second request includes the general layer 2 address, the receiver according to The second request is to allocate the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection, including: the receiving end determines the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the general layer 2 address, and the receiving end according to the first V2X service In the frequency band, the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection are allocated.
  • the receiving end determines the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the general layer 2 address may include: the receiving end according to the correspondence between the general layer 2 address and the frequency band, And the received general layer 2 address to determine the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • Example 2 of the second scenario of the method shown in Figure 4 the receiving end allocates the specific destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection according to the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • Example 1 of the second scenario of the method shown in FIG. 4 which will not be repeated.
  • Example 3 of the second scenario of the method shown in Figure 4 when the sender sends the second request and the general layer 2 address to the receiver, the receiver allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the second request
  • the destination layer 2 address of the unicast connection with PC5 includes: the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection according to the second request and the general layer 2 address.
  • the second request can be used as a trigger condition for the receiving end to allocate the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection according to the general layer 2 address.
  • Example 3 of the second scenario of the method shown in FIG. 4 the way that the receiving end allocates the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the general layer 2 address can refer to the example of the second scenario of the method shown in FIG. 4 The description in the second section will not be repeated.
  • the second scenario of the method shown in Figure 4 is only described as an example to determine the layer 2 address pair of the second V2X service.
  • the sender can refer to the description in the second scenario of the method shown in Figure 4 , Determine the layer 2 address pairs of multiple V2X services other than the first V2X service, and there is no restriction.
  • a layer 2 address pair can be negotiated for each V2X service to ensure the corresponding layer of the V2X service in each frequency band 2 address pairs are different from each other.
  • service ID1 corresponds to frequency band F1
  • service ID2 corresponds to frequency band F1
  • service ID3 corresponds to frequency band F2.
  • Service ID1, service ID2, and service ID3 all correspond to PC5 unicast connections, but the layer 2 address pair of service ID1 is ⁇ source layer 2 address A1, destination layer 2 address B1 ⁇ , and the layer 2 address pair of service ID2 is ⁇ source layer 2Address A2, destination layer 2 address B2 ⁇ , the layer 2 address pair of service ID3 is ⁇ source layer 2 address A3, destination layer 2 address B3 ⁇ .
  • the sender before the sender determines the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X, the sender needs to determine whether the frequency band of the first V2X is The available frequency band between the transmitting end and the receiving end. If the frequency band of the first V2X is the available frequency band between the transmitting end and the receiving end, the transmitting end executes step 401, which is to determine the layer 2 of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X Address pair, otherwise, the method shown in Figure 4 is not executed, and the process ends.
  • the available frequency band may refer to the frequency band that can be used to transmit data of the V2X service.
  • the sender can determine whether the frequency band of the first V2X is an available frequency band between the sender and the receiver through the AS layer of the sender.
  • the AS layer of the sender can obtain the communication information between the sender and the receiver (such as Network congestion, frequency band occupancy), etc., and determine whether the frequency band of the first V2X is an available frequency band between the sending end and the receiving end according to the communication information.
  • the data of the V2X service can be guaranteed to be transmitted on the available frequency band, and the normal transmission of the V2X service can be guaranteed.
  • the method shown in Figure 4 above takes a unicast pair formed by the sender and the receiver as an example. Based on the PC5 unicast connection of the unicast pair, the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service is determined And the process of sending V2X service data is described.
  • one sending end can form multiple unicast pairs with two or two receiving ends at the same time.
  • terminal 1 and terminal 2 can form unicast pair 1 (terminal 1, Terminal 2)
  • terminal 1 and terminal 3 can also form a unicast pair 2 (terminal 1, terminal 3).
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 can be used to establish a PC5 unicast connection for the unicast pair, and the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service supported by the unicast pair is obtained according to the established PC5 unicast connection.
  • each unicast pair can be identified by a station ID (station ID) pair.
  • the station ID pair can include a source station ID and a destination station ID.
  • the station ID pair can also be described as a device ID pair or a node ID pair or a module ID pair. And so on, without restriction.
  • the source site identifier is used to uniquely identify the sender, and the destination site identifier is used to identify the receiver.
  • the site ID pair corresponding to the unicast pair can be obtained through the PC5 unicast connection establishment process.
  • the sender can send a direct communication request to the receiver, and the direct communication request includes the source site ID; the receiver receives the direct communication Request, return a response to the direct communication request to the sender, and the response to the direct communication request includes the destination site identifier.
  • different unicast pairs can support V2X services of the same type and frequency band, and the corresponding layer 2 address pairs may also be the same.
  • the same PSID can exist in the same frequency band.
  • different site identification pairs correspond to different PC5 unicast connections.
  • the sender only uses the correspondence between the ID of the PC5 unicast connection and the layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection, and cannot determine which layer 2 address pair of the V2X service identified by the PSID is.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service As the layer 2 address pair under which unicast pair.
  • the unicast pair corresponding to the V2X service (or the site ID pair )
  • the site ID pair V2X service ID (service ID)
  • PC5 unicast connection ID V2X service frequency band
  • V2X service layer 2 address pair V2X service layer 2 address pair, according to the site ID pair, V2X service
  • the correspondence between the identifier (service ID), the ID of the PC5 unicast connection, the frequency band of the V2X service, and the layer 2 address of the V2X service determines the layer 2 address of the V2X service.
  • V2X service ID (source station ID1, destination station ID1) identifies unicast pair 1, (source station ID2, destination station ID2) identifies unicast pair 2 as an example.
  • Table 4 shows the station ID pairs The correspondence between the V2X service ID (service ID), PC5 unicast connection ID, V2X service frequency band, and V2X service layer 2 address pairs, as shown in Table 4, (source station ID1, destination station ID1) corresponds PSID1, PSID2, PC5 unicast link ID1, F1 and layer 2 address pair 1; (source station ID2, destination station ID2) corresponds to PSID2, PSID4, PC5 unicast link ID2, F1, layer 2 address pair 2.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service identified by PSID2 is the layer 2 address pair 1
  • the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service identified by PSID2 is the layer 2 address pair 2.
  • the sender can use F1, PSID2, (source station ID1, destination station ID1) as an index to look up table four, and find that table four is related to F1, PSID2, (source station ID1, destination station ID1) corresponding to the PC5 unicast connection, and then use F1, PSID2 (source station ID1, destination station ID1) as an index to look up table four, and find that the layer 2 address pair corresponding to PSID2 is layer 2 address pair 1.
  • Fig. 6 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 6, the method includes:
  • Step 601 PCF sends configuration information to terminal 1 and terminal 2.
  • the PCF can be the PCF in FIG. 1.
  • the configuration information may include a third correspondence, and the third correspondence is the correspondence between the identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band.
  • the configuration information may further include a general layer 2 address, and the correspondence between the general layer 2 address and the frequency band.
  • the generic layer 2 address corresponds to the V2X service ID. Since a V2X service ID can only belong to one frequency band, it means that there is a correspondence between the V2X service ID and the generic layer 2 address. There is a corresponding relationship among the three frequency bands.
  • the identifier of the V2X service corresponds to the general layer 2 address one to one; (the identifier of the V2X service, the general layer 2 address) and the frequency band have a many-to-one correspondence, that is, multiple groups (the identifier of the V2X service, the general layer 2 address) ) Can correspond to a frequency band.
  • PSID1 corresponds to general layer 2 address 1
  • PSID2 corresponds to general layer 2 address 2
  • PSID1 and PSID2 both correspond to frequency band 1
  • UE1 can send the peer end the general layer 2 corresponding to PSID1 Address 1.
  • the UE1 corresponds the PC5 unicast connection to frequency band 1 (that is, the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection corresponds to frequency band 1).
  • PSID2 since PSID2 also corresponds to frequency band 1, it directly uses the PC5 unicast connection corresponding to frequency band 1.
  • Step 602 Terminal 1 receives the configuration information sent by the PCF.
  • the terminal 1 may save the content in the configuration information to the V2X layer of the terminal 1, for example, save the third correspondence to the V2X layer of the terminal 1, and it may also include the general layer 2 address and the general layer 2 in the configuration information.
  • the general layer 2 address and the correspondence between the general layer 2 address and the frequency band are saved to the V2X layer.
  • Step 603 Terminal 2 receives the configuration information sent by the PCF.
  • the terminal 2 may save the content in the configuration information to the V2X layer of the terminal 2, for example, save the third correspondence to the V2X layer of the terminal 2, and may also include the general layer 2 address and the general layer 2 in the configuration information.
  • the general layer 2 address and the correspondence between the general layer 2 address and the frequency band are saved to the V2X layer.
  • Step 604 The application layer of the terminal 1 triggers the V2X service 1, and sends the identifier of the V2X service 1 to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • Step 605 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 receives the identifier of the V2X service 1, and determines the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the identifier of the V2X service 1 and the third correspondence.
  • Step 606 The V2X layer of terminal 1 determines that there is no PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of V2X service 1, and the V2X layer of terminal 1 obtains the general layer 2 address corresponding to the frequency band of V2X service 1 and sends it to the V2X layer of terminal 2.
  • Direct communication request 1 general layer 2 address, and source layer 2 address of V2X service 1.
  • the direct communication request 1 can be used to request the allocation of the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1.
  • the V2X layer of the terminal 1 can obtain the general layer 2 address corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the frequency band of the V2X service 1 and the correspondence between the general layer 2 address and the frequency band.
  • the source layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 can be allocated by the terminal 1 by itself, and the source layer 2 addresses of the V2X service of different frequency bands can be the same or different.
  • the source layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 may be the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • Step 607 The V2X layer of the terminal 2 receives the direct communication request 1, the general layer 2 address, and the source layer 2 address of the V2X service 1, and allocates the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 according to the direct communication request 1, the general layer 2 address.
  • the V2X layer of the terminal 2 determines the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 according to the direct communication request 1 and the general layer 2 address may include: the direct communication request 1 is used as the V2X layer of the terminal 2 to allocate the destination layer of the V2X service 1 2 address trigger condition, the V2X layer of terminal 2 receives direct communication request 1, and then determines the frequency band of V2X service 1 according to the general layer 2 address and/or direct communication request 1, and allocates V2X service 1 according to the frequency band of V2X service 1.
  • the destination layer 2 address may include V2X service identification information.
  • Step 608 The V2X layer of the terminal 2 sends a response to the direct communication request 1 to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • the response of direct communication request 1 includes the destination layer 2 address of V2X service 1.
  • the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 may be the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the source layer 2 address of the V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service are relative concepts, and they are both named from the perspective of the sender.
  • the source layer 2 address of the V2X service mentioned in the embodiment of this application is the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service
  • the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service mentioned in the embodiment of this application is V2X Source layer 2 address of the service.
  • the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection are relative concepts, and they are both named from the perspective of the sender.
  • the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection mentioned in the embodiment of this application is the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the destination layer 2 address is the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • Step 609 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 receives the response of the direct communication request 1.
  • step 606 to step 609 are the process of establishing a PC5 unicast connection for the V2X service 1, or can be described as steps 606 to step 609 are the process of establishing a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service 1.
  • PC5 unicast connections can be established between terminal 1 and terminal 2.
  • PC5 unicast connections correspond to frequency bands, and different PC5 unicast connections can correspond to different frequency bands or the same Frequency band.
  • the V2X layer of the terminal 1 can save the correspondence between the ID of the PC5 unicast connection and the frequency band of the V2X service 1 in the second correspondence. Further, the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection (such as the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection) and the ID of the PC5 unicast connection can be saved. To the second correspondence.
  • the second correspondence may be as described above, and may include the correspondence between the ID of the PC5 unicast connection and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • Step 610 Terminal 1 saves the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 1 and the frequency band of V2X service 1 in the AS layer of terminal 1 at the AS layer of the terminal. For example, you can set the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 1 And the correspondence between the frequency bands of the V2X service 1 is added to the first correspondence.
  • the first correspondence may be as described above, including the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • Step 611 The application layer of the terminal 1 triggers the V2X service 2, and sends the V2X service 2 identifier to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • Step 612 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 receives the identifier of the V2X service 2, and determines the frequency band of the V2X service 2 according to the identifier of the V2X service 2 and the third corresponding relationship.
  • Step 613 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 determines whether there is a PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service 2, if it exists, execute step 614, and if it does not exist, execute step 615.
  • Step 614 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 determines the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service 2 as the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 2.
  • the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection established for V2X service 1 may be determined as the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 2.
  • Step 615 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 establishes a PC5 unicast connection for the V2X service 2 and obtains the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 2.
  • the process of establishing a PC5 unicast connection for the V2X service 1 at the V2X layer of the terminal 1 can refer to the process of establishing a PC5 unicast connection for the V2X service 1 described in step 606 to step 609, which will not be repeated.
  • Step 616 The V2X layer of terminal 1 saves the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 2 and the frequency band of V2X service 2 to the AS layer of terminal 1. For example, the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 2 and the V2X service can be saved The correspondence between the frequency bands of 2 is added to the first correspondence.
  • Step 617 The application layer of the terminal 1 generates the data of the V2X service 1 and sends the data of the V2X service 1 to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • Step 618 The V2X layer of terminal 1 receives the data of V2X service 1, and sends the data of V2X service 1 and the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 1 to the AS layer of terminal 1.
  • Step 619 The AS layer of the terminal 1 receives the data of the V2X service 1 and the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 1, and obtains the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the first correspondence and the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 1.
  • Step 620 The AS layer of terminal 1 sends the data of V2X service 1 to terminal 2 identified by the destination layer 2 address of V2X service 1 according to the destination layer 2 address in the layer 2 address of V2X service 1 through the frequency band of V2X service 1 .
  • the AS layer of terminal 1 also sends the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 1 to terminal 2.
  • the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 1 and the data of V2X service 1 can be encapsulated together, such as: encapsulated in the second data
  • the packet is sent to terminal 2.
  • the AS layer of the terminal 1 can deliver the second data packet down to the PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer of the terminal 1 for processing, and send the processed data packet to Terminal 2.
  • steps 617 to 620 are described only by taking the sending of V2X service 1 data as an example. It is understandable that you can also refer to steps 617 to 620 to send V2X service 2 data, which will not be repeated.
  • the same PC5-S connection can be established for multiple V2X services belonging to the same frequency band, and the same layer 2 address pair can be assigned to the V2X services belonging to the same frequency band.
  • the V2X services of the same frequency band can be packaged Send them together to the receiving end to avoid putting V2X services of different frequency bands together and sending them to the sending end, which may cause the V2X service reception failure or inaccurate reception.
  • Figure 6 establishes the same PC5 unicast connection for V2X services in the same frequency band, and describes the layer 2 address pairs of the PC5 unicast connection to determine the layer 2 address pairs of multiple V2X services as an example.
  • Fig. 7 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 7, the method includes:
  • Step 701 PCF sends configuration information to terminal 1 and terminal 2.
  • step 701 can refer to the description of step 601, and will not be repeated.
  • Step 702 Terminal 1 receives configuration information sent by PCF.
  • step 702 refer to the description of step 602, which will not be repeated.
  • Step 703 Terminal 2 receives the configuration information sent by the PCF.
  • step 703 can be referred to as described in step 603, which will not be repeated.
  • Step 704 The application layer of the terminal 1 triggers the V2X service 1, and sends an identifier of the V2X service 1 to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • Step 705 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 receives the identifier of the V2X service 1, and determines the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the identifier of the V2X service 1 and the third correspondence.
  • Step 706 The V2X layer of terminal 1 determines that there is no PC5 unicast connection between terminal 1 and terminal 2, and the V2X layer of terminal 1 obtains the general layer 2 address corresponding to the frequency band of V2X service 1 and sends a direct connection to the V2X layer of terminal 2 Communication request 2, the source layer 2 address and general layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the direct communication request 2 can be used to request the allocation of the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • Direct communication request 2 may include the source layer 2 address of V2X service 1. Further, the direct communication request 2 may also include the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the V2X layer of the terminal 1 can obtain the general layer 2 address corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the frequency band of the V2X service 1 and the correspondence between the general layer 2 address and the frequency band.
  • the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection and the source layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 can be allocated by the terminal 1 by itself, and the source layer 2 addresses of the V2X service of different frequency bands can be the same or different.
  • Step 707 The V2X layer of the terminal 2 receives the direct communication request 2, the general layer 2 address and the source layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection, and allocates the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 according to the direct communication request 2, the general layer 2 address The destination layer 2 address of the unicast connection with PC5.
  • the V2X layer of the terminal 2 determines the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 according to the direct communication request 2 and the general layer 2 address, which may include: the direct communication request 2 is used as the V2X layer of the terminal 2 to allocate the destination layer of the V2X service 1 2 address and the trigger condition of the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection, the V2X layer of terminal 2 receives the direct communication request 2, and then determines the frequency band of V2X service 1 according to the general layer 2 address, and allocates V2X according to the frequency band of V2X service 1. The destination layer 2 address of service 1 and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • Step 708 The V2X layer of the terminal 2 sends a response to the direct communication request 2 and the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • the response of the direct communication request 2 may include the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1. Further, the response to the direct communication request 2 may also include the destination layer 2 address of the PC5 unicast connection.
  • Step 709 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 receives the response of the direct communication request 2.
  • step 707 to step 709 are the process of establishing the PC5 unicast connection between the terminal 1 and the terminal 2.
  • the V2X layer of the terminal 1 can store the corresponding pair of the PC5 unicast connection ID and the PC5 unicast connection layer 2 address pair.
  • Step 710 Terminal 1 saves the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 1 and the frequency band of V2X service 1 in the AS layer of terminal 1 at the AS layer of the terminal. For example, you can set the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 1 And the correspondence between the frequency bands of the V2X service 1 is added to the first correspondence.
  • the first correspondence may be as described above, including the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • Step 711 The application layer of the terminal 1 triggers the V2X service 2, and sends the V2X service 2 identifier to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • Step 712 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 receives the identifier of the V2X service 2, and determines the frequency band of the V2X service 2 according to the identifier of the V2X service 2 and the third corresponding relationship.
  • Step 713 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 determines that there is a PC5 unicast connection between the terminal 1 and the terminal 2, and negotiates the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 2 with the terminal 2 through the PC5 unicast connection.
  • the V2X layer of terminal 1 negotiates the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 2 with terminal 2 through the PC5 unicast connection, which may include: the V2X layer of terminal 1 sends a third request to the V2X layer of terminal 2 and the PC5 unicast connection
  • the third request is used to request the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service, and the third request includes the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service.
  • the name of the third request is not restricted, and the third request can be named parameter negotiation request or other names without restriction;
  • Terminal 2 receives the third request and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection, allocates the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 2 according to the third request and the layer 2 address pair of the PC5 unicast connection, and sends the third request to the terminal 1.
  • the response of the third request includes the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 2;
  • the terminal 1 receives the response to the third request from the terminal 2.
  • Step 714 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 saves the correspondence between the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 2 and the frequency band of the V2X service 2 to the AS layer of the terminal 1. For example, the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 2 and the V2X service can be saved The correspondence between the frequency bands of 2 is added to the first correspondence.
  • Step 715 The application layer of the terminal 1 generates the data of the V2X service 1 and sends the data of the V2X service 1 to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • Step 716 The V2X layer of terminal 1 receives the data of V2X service 1, and sends the data of V2X service 1 and the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 1 to the AS layer of terminal 1.
  • Step 717 The AS layer of the terminal 1 receives the data of the V2X service 1 and the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 1, and obtains the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the first correspondence and the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 1.
  • Step 718 The AS layer of the terminal 1 sends the data of the V2X service 1 to the terminal 2 identified by the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 through the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the destination layer 2 address in the layer 2 address of the V2X service 1 .
  • the AS layer of terminal 1 also sends the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 1 to terminal 2.
  • the layer 2 address pair of V2X service 1 and the data of V2X service 1 can be encapsulated together, such as: encapsulated in the second data
  • the packet is sent to terminal 2.
  • the AS layer of the terminal 1 can deliver the second data packet down to the PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer of the terminal 1 for processing, and send the processed data packet to Terminal 2.
  • steps 715 to step 718 are only described by taking the sending of V2X service 1 data as an example. It is understandable that you can also refer to steps 715 to step 718 to send V2X service 2 data, which will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 8, the method may include:
  • Step 801 The sending end determines the QoS flow of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirement of the first V2X service.
  • the sending end can be any terminal that sends data of the first V2X service to other terminals through the PC5 port in Fig. 1, for example, the sending end can be terminal 1 in Fig. 1. It should be pointed out that the sending end is opposite to the receiving end.
  • the receiving end can be any terminal that receives the V2X service sent by the sending end through the PC5 port. For example, when the sending end is terminal 1 in Figure 1, the receiving end can be Terminal 2 or Terminal 3 in 1, etc.
  • the sending end can determine the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the third correspondence and the identity of the first V2X service.
  • the third correspondence is the identity of the V2X service and the correspondence between frequency bands.
  • the third correspondence can be configured by PCF. To the sender.
  • the QoS requirement of the first V2X service may include the delay requirement, rate requirement and so on of the first V2X service.
  • the frequency band of the first V2X service is the first frequency band
  • the QoS requirement of the first V2X service is the first QoS requirement as an example.
  • the QoS flow of the first V2X service is The QoS flow of V2X services other than the V2X service corresponding to the first frequency band and the first QoS requirement is different.
  • the sending end determines the QoS flow of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service, which may include: when there is a frequency band of the first V2X service between the sending end and the receiving end and the first V2X service 1.
  • the sender determines the QoS flow corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirement of the first V2X service as the QoS flow of the first V2X service; or,
  • the sending end When there is no QoS flow corresponding to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service between the sending end and the receiving end, the sending end establishes the QoS flow of the first V2X service for the first V2X service.
  • the sending end establishes the QoS flow of the first V2X service for the first V2X service may include: sending end Send a fourth request to the receiving end; where the fourth request can be used to request related parameters of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow can be used for V2X services whose transmission frequency band is the first frequency band and the QoS requirement is the first QoS requirement The data;
  • the receiving end receives the fourth request and obtains the relevant parameters of the first QoS flow
  • the sending end receives the response to the fourth request from the receiving end; one possible way is that the relevant parameters of the first QoS flow in the fourth request include the identifier of the first QoS flow (for example, PC5 Quality of Service Flow Identification (PC5) QoS flow identifier (PQFI), PC5 quality of service identifier (PC5 QoS identifier, PQI) and other parameters.
  • PC5 Quality of Service Flow Identification PC5 QoS flow identifier (PC5) QoS flow identifier (PQFI), PC5 quality of service identifier (PC5 QoS identifier, PQI) and other parameters.
  • the receiving end When the receiving end accepts the establishment of the first QoS flow, it saves the first QoS flow identifier, PQI and other parameters, and returns the fourth The response of the request, the response of the fourth request is used to indicate that the receiving end accepts the establishment of the first QoS flow, or in other words, the response of the fourth request is used to indicate that the establishment of the first QoS flow is successful.
  • the relevant parameters of the first QoS flow in the fourth request include parameters such as multiple automatic driving levels, and each automatic driving level corresponds to a QoS requirement, and the receiving end accepts the first QoS flow.
  • the establishment of the autopilot select a higher level of autopilot from multiple autopilot levels, and return a response to the fourth request.
  • the response of the fourth request includes the higher level of autopilot selected by the receiving end, and the fourth The requested response is used to indicate that the receiving end accepts the establishment of the first QoS flow, or in other words, the response of the fourth request is used to indicate that the first QoS flow is successfully established.
  • the name of the fourth request is not limited, and the fourth request can be named as a parameter negotiation request or a request with other names, and is not limited.
  • the relevant parameters of the first QoS flow acquired by the receiving end may include the identifier of the first QoS flow, PQI, and so on.
  • the sender may associate the QoS flow identifier of the first V2X service with the first frequency band and the first QoS requirement. It is required to be saved to the V2X layer of the sender.
  • the sender may also send a fourth correspondence to the access layer of the sender through the V2X layer of the sender.
  • the fourth correspondence is the correspondence between the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service, such as:
  • the four correspondences may include the correspondence between the QoS flow identifier of the first V2X service and the frequency band of the first V2X service; the sending end saves the fourth correspondence at the access layer.
  • Step 802 The sending end sends the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the QoS flow of the first V2X service.
  • the sending end sending the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the QoS flow of the first V2X service may include: the application layer of the sending end generates the data of the first V2X service, and sending the first data to the V2X layer of the sending end Packet, the first data packet includes data of the first V2X service, and may also include an identifier of the first V2X service;
  • the sender When the V2X layer of the sender receives the first data packet, and the first data packet carries data of the first V2X service, the sender filters the data of the first V2X service into the QoS flow of the first V2X service at the V2X layer;
  • the V2X layer of the sending end sends the data of the first V2X service, the QoS flow identifier of the first V2X service, and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service to the access layer of the sending end;
  • the access layer of the sender receives the data of the first V2X service, the QoS flow identifier of the first V2X service, and the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, and the access layer of the sender receives the fourth correspondence and the QoS of the first V2X service.
  • the identifier of flow, the frequency band of the first V2X service is obtained;
  • the access layer of the sending end sends the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the destination layer 2 address in the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service; where the QoS flow of the first V2X service includes Data of the first V2X service.
  • the sending end filters the data of the first V2X service to the QoS flow of the first V2X service at the V2X layer of the sending end, which may include: the V2X layer of the sending end determines the first V2X service according to the third correspondence and the identity of the first V2X service According to the corresponding relationship between the QoS flow identifier, the frequency band of the V2X service, and the QoS requirements of the V2X service, as well as the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service, determine the QoS flow corresponding to the first V2X service , Filter the data of the first V2X service to the QoS flow of the first V2X service.
  • FIG. 8 only uses the sending of the first V2X service data as an example for description. It is understandable that, referring to the method shown in FIG. 8, multiple V2X service data can be sent to the receiving end.
  • the method further includes: the sending end determines the QoS flow of the second V2X service according to the frequency band of the second V2X service and the QoS requirements of the second V2X service ;
  • the QoS flow of the first V2X service is different from that of the second V2X service.
  • the QoS flow is different; if the frequency band of the first V2X service is the same as the frequency band of the second V2X service, and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service are the same as the QoS requirements of the second V2X service, the QoS flow of the first V2X service is the same as that of the second V2X service.
  • the QoS flow of the business is the same.
  • the same QoS flow can be established for V2X services with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements. Subsequently, the data of the V2X services with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements can be filtered to the same QoS flow and sent to the receiving end. , To avoid putting together the data of V2X services with different frequency bands and different QoS requirements and sending them to the sender, resulting in V2X service reception failure or inaccurate reception.
  • V2X service 1 corresponding (frequency band F1, QoS requirement 1)
  • V2X service 2 corresponding (frequency band F1, QoS requirement 1)
  • V2X service 3 corresponding (frequency band F2, QoS requirement 2)
  • V2X service 4 corresponding (frequency band F2, QoS requirements 3).
  • the originating V2X layer triggers V2X service 1
  • it is found that there is no QoS flow corresponding to F1 and QoS requirement 1 and it requests the establishment of QoS flow1 corresponding to F1 and QoS requirement 1, that is, the establishment of QoS flow1 for V2X service 1
  • After the establishment is complete save the correspondence between QoS flow1, F1, and QoS requirement 1.
  • V2X layer layer will notify the AS of the correspondence between the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the V2X layer when the originating V2X layer needs to send the data of V2X service 1, V2X service 2, data of V2X service 3, and data of V2X service 4 to the originating end, the V2X layer will send the data of V2X service 1 and V2X service 2
  • the data is filtered (or mapped) to QoS flow1, and then the data in QoS flow1 and the identity of QoS flow1 are sent to the AS layer.
  • the AS layer is based on the QoS flow identification and the correspondence between the frequency bands of the V2X service and the QoS flow1 identification , Determine to send the data in QoS flow1 to the opposite end in frequency band F1.
  • V2X service 3 and V2X service 3 Filter the data of V2X service 3 and V2X service 3 into QoS flow 2, and then send the data in QoS flow 2 and the QoS flow 2 identification to the AS layer.
  • the AS layer is based on the QoS flow identification and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the corresponding relationship and the identifier of QoS flow2 determine that the data in QoS flow1 is sent to the opposite end in frequency band F2.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 9, the method includes:
  • Step 901 PCF sends configuration information to terminal 1 and terminal 2.
  • step 901 can refer to the description of step 601, and will not be repeated.
  • Step 902 Terminal 1 receives the configuration information sent by the PCF.
  • step 902 can refer to the description of step 602, and will not be repeated.
  • Step 903 Terminal 2 receives the configuration information sent by the PCF.
  • step 903 can refer to the description of step 603, which will not be repeated.
  • Step 904 The application layer of the terminal 1 triggers the V2X service 1, and sends the V2X service 1 identifier to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • Step 905 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 receives the identifier of the V2X service 1, and determines the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the identifier of the V2X service 1 and the third correspondence.
  • Step 906 The V2X layer of terminal 1 determines that there is no QoS flow corresponding to the frequency band of V2X service 1 and the QoS requirements of V2X service 1, and the V2X layer of terminal 1 obtains the general layer 2 address corresponding to the frequency band of V2X service 1, and sends it to the terminal
  • the V2X layer of 2 sends a direct communication request 3, the general layer 2 address, and the source layer 2 address of the V2X service 1.
  • the direct communication request 3 can be used to request the relevant parameters of the QoS flow corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service 1 and the QoS requirements of the V2X service 1, and can also be used to request the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1.
  • the direct communication request 3 may include the identifier of the V2X service 1.
  • the V2X layer of terminal 1 may also send the related parameters of the QoS flow that need to be negotiated to the V2X layer of terminal 2, so that the V2X layer of terminal 2 sends the related parameters of the QoS flow that need to be negotiated according to the V2X layer of terminal 1, as QoS flow allocation related parameters corresponding to the frequency band of V2X service 1 and the QoS requirements of V2X service 1.
  • the V2X layer of the terminal 1 can obtain the general layer 2 address corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the frequency band of the V2X service 1 and the correspondence between the general layer 2 address and the frequency band.
  • Step 907 The V2X layer of the terminal 2 receives the direct communication request 3, the general layer 2 address, and the source layer 2 address of the V2X service 1, and allocates the QoS flow of the V2X service 1 according to the direct communication request 3 and the general layer 2 address Parameters and the destination layer 2 address of V2X service 1.
  • the relevant parameters of the QoS flow of the V2X service 1 allocated by the V2X layer of the terminal 2 may include the QoS flow identifier (QFID) of the V2X service 1.
  • QFID QoS flow identifier
  • the V2X layer of the terminal 2 allocates the QoS flow of the V2X service 1 according to the direct communication request 31 and the general layer 2 address.
  • the relevant parameters may include: the direct communication request 3 is used as the V2X layer of the terminal 2 to allocate the QoS of the V2X service 1
  • the trigger condition of the related parameters of flow the V2X layer of terminal 2 receives the direct communication request 3, and then determines the frequency band of V2X service 1 according to the general layer 2 address, and allocates V2X service according to the frequency band of V2X service 1 and the QoS requirements of V2X service 1 1 QoS flow related parameters.
  • Step 908 The V2X layer of the terminal 2 sends a response to the direct communication request 3 to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • the response of the direct communication request 3 includes the relevant parameters of the QoS flow of the V2X service 1 and the destination layer 2 address of the V2X service 1.
  • Step 909 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 receives the response of the direct communication request 3.
  • step 906 to step 909 are the process of establishing QoS flow for V2X service 1, or it can be described as step 906 to step 909 as the process of establishing the QoS flow corresponding to the frequency band of V2X service 1 and the QoS requirements of V2X service 1.
  • multiple QoS flows can be established.
  • the QoS flows correspond to frequency bands and QoS requirements, and each QoS flow corresponds to different frequency bands and QoS requirements.
  • V2X layer of terminal 1 After the V2X layer of terminal 1 receives the response to the direct communication request 3, it can save the correspondence between the QoS flow ID of V2X service 1 and the frequency band and QoS requirements of V2X service 1.
  • Step 910 Terminal 1 saves the QoS flow ID of V2X service 1 and the corresponding relationship between the frequency bands of V2X service 1 in the AS layer of terminal 1 at the AS layer of the terminal. For example, the QoS flow ID of V2X service 1 and The correspondence between frequency bands of V2X service 1 is added to the fourth correspondence.
  • the fourth correspondence may be as described above, and may include the correspondence between the frequency band of the V2X service and the ID of the QoS flow of the V2X service.
  • Step 911 The application layer of the terminal 1 triggers the V2X service 2, and sends the V2X service 2 identifier to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • Step 912 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 receives the identifier of the V2X service 2, and determines the frequency band of the V2X service 2 according to the identifier of the V2X service 2 and the third corresponding relationship.
  • Step 913 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 determines whether there is a QoS flow corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service 2 and the QoS requirement of the V2X service 2, if it exists, execute step 914, if not, execute step 915.
  • Step 914 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 determines the QoS flow corresponding to the frequency band of the V2X service 2 and the QoS requirement of the V2X service 2 as the QoS flow of the V2X service 2.
  • the QoS flow established for V2X service 1 can be determined as the QoS flow of V2X service 2. , That is, the QoS flow of V2X service 2 and the QoS flow of V2X service 1 are the same QoS flow.
  • Step 915 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 establishes a QoS flow for the V2X service 2, and obtains related parameters of the QoS flow of the V2X service 2.
  • the process of establishing QoS flow for V2X service 1 at the V2X layer of terminal 1 can refer to the process of establishing QoS flow for V2X service 1 described in step 906 to step 909, which will not be repeated.
  • Step 916 The V2X layer of terminal 1 saves the QoS flow ID of V2X service 2 and the corresponding relationship between the frequency bands of V2X service 2 in the AS layer of terminal 1. For example, the QoS flow ID of V2X service 2 and the V2X service can be saved The correspondence between frequency bands of 2 is added to the fourth correspondence.
  • Step 917 The application layer of the terminal 1 generates data of the V2X service 1, and sends a first data packet to the V2X layer of the terminal 1.
  • the first data packet includes the data of the V2X service 1.
  • Step 918 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 receives the first data packet, and the terminal 1 filters the data of the V2X service 1 into the QoS flow of the V2X service 1 at the V2X layer.
  • Step 919 The V2X layer of the terminal 1 sends a second data packet to the AS layer of the terminal 1.
  • the second data packet includes the data of the V2X service 1, the QoS flow identifier of the V2X service 1, and the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 1.
  • Step 920 The AS layer of the terminal 1 receives the second data packet, and the AS layer of the terminal 1 obtains the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the fourth correspondence and the identifier of the QoS flow of the V2X service 1.
  • Step 921 The access layer of the terminal 1 sends the data of the V2X service 1 to the terminal 2 through the frequency band of the V2X service 1 according to the destination layer 2 address in the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service 1.
  • the QoS flow of V2X service 1 includes the data of V2X service 1.
  • steps 917 to step 921 are only described by taking the data of V2X service 1 as an example. It is understandable that you can also refer to steps 917 to 921 to send data of V2X service 2 and will not be repeated.
  • the same QoS flow can be established for V2X services with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements. Subsequently, the V2X services with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements can be filtered to the same QoS flow and sent to the receiving end to avoid Putting V2X services with different frequency bands and different QoS requirements together and sending them to the sending end causes the problem of V2X service reception failure or inaccurate reception.
  • the application layer of the sending end After the application layer of the sending end triggers the first V2X service, the application layer of the sending end sends the data of the first V2X service, the identifier of the first V2X service, and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service to the V2X layer of the sending end;
  • the V2X layer of the sending end receives the data of the first V2X service, the identification of the first V2X service, and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service. If the V2X layer of the sending end determines that there is no frequency band with the first V2X service, and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service The corresponding QoS flow is to create a QoS flow for the data of the first V2X service, such as: obtaining PQI, QoS flow identification, etc.; if the V2X layer at the sending end determines that there is a corresponding frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service The data of the first V2X service is sent through the QoS flow.
  • the sending process of other multiple V2X services can refer to the sending process of the first V2X service under broadcast communication, which will not be repeated.
  • creating a QoS flow for the data of the first V2X service can also be described as: creating a QoS flow for the first V2X service or determining the QoS flow of the first V2X service, or establishing a first V2X flow for the first V2X service There is no restriction on the QoS flow of the business, etc.
  • each V2X service corresponds to a layer 2 broadcast address
  • the correspondence between the identifier of the V2X service and the layer 2 broadcast address of the V2X service is configured by the PCF to the sender.
  • the PCF will also send the corresponding relationship between the V2X service identifier and the frequency band of the V2X service to the sender, and the sender can use the corresponding relationship between the V2X service identifier and the layer 2 broadcast address of the V2X service, the V2X service identifier and the V2X service.
  • the AS at the sending end saves the correspondence between the layer 2 broadcast address of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • the AS layer of the sending end sends the data of the first V2X service through the QoS flow, it can be based on the correspondence between the layer 2 broadcast address of the V2X service and the frequency band of the V2X service, and according to the layer 2 broadcast address of the V2X service Send the data of the first V2X service through the QoS flow in the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the application layer of the sender After the application layer of the sender triggers the first V2X service, the application layer of the sender sends the data of the first V2X service, the identifier of the first V2X service, the multicast (Group) identifier of the first V2X service, and the first V2X layer to the V2X layer of the sender.
  • QoS requirements of the service :
  • the V2X layer of the sender receives the data of the first V2X service, the identifier of the first V2X service, and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service. If the V2X layer of the sender determines that there is no frequency band with the first V2X service, and the Group ID of the first V2X service , The QoS flow corresponding to the QoS requirement of the first V2X service is to create a QoS flow for the data of the first V2X service, such as obtaining VQI, QoS flow identifier, etc.; if the V2X layer at the sending end determines that there is a flow corresponding to the first V2X service If the frequency band, the Group identifier of the first V2X service, and the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS requirement of the first V2X service, the data of the first V2X service is sent through the QoS flow.
  • the sending process of the other multiple V2X services can refer to the sending process of the first V2X service under the multicast communication, which will not be repeated.
  • each Group corresponds to a layer 2 multicast address
  • the layer 2 multicast address of the Group can be allocated by the application layer of the sender or the V2X layer of the sender.
  • PCF is configured to the sender.
  • the V2X layer of the sender can send the correspondence between the Group’s layer 2 multicast address and the V2X service frequency band to the AS layer; accordingly, the AS saves the correspondence between the Group’s layer 2 multicast address and the V2X service frequency band.
  • the V2X service in a group belongs to a frequency band.
  • each Group corresponds to one or more layer 2 multicast addresses
  • each layer 2 multicast address corresponds to the frequency band of the V2X service on a one-to-one basis.
  • the layer 2 multicast address of the Group can be Assigned by the application layer of the sender, or assigned by the V2X layer of the sender, or configured by the PCF to the sender.
  • the V2X layer at the sender can send the correspondence between each layer 2 multicast address and frequency band of the Group to the AS layer; accordingly, the AS saves the correspondence between each layer 2 multicast address of the Group and the frequency band of the V2X service. .
  • the V2X service in a group belongs to a frequency band.
  • the sending end may according to the correspondence between the layer 2 multicast address and the frequency band of the V2X service, according to the layer 2 multicast address, the first The data of the first V2X service is sent through the QoS flow on the frequency band of the V2X service.
  • each network element such as the sending end and the receiving end, includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the sending end and the receiving end into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be pointed out that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 100 provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 100 may be a terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal. As shown in FIG. 10, the communication device 100 may include: a determining unit 1001 and a sending unit 1002.
  • the determining unit 1001 is configured to determine the layer 2 of the first V2X service including the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service Address pair, the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service corresponds to the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the determining unit 1001 may be used to support the communication device 100 to perform step 401.
  • the sending unit 1002 is configured to send data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service according to the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service.
  • the sending unit 1002 may be used to support the communication device 100 to perform step 402.
  • the determining unit 1001 is configured to determine the QoS flow of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service; for example, the determining unit 1001 may be used to support a communication device Step 801 is executed at 100.
  • the sending unit 1002 is configured to send data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the QoS flow of the first V2X service.
  • the sending unit 1002 may be used to support the communication device 100 to perform step 802.
  • the communication device 100 shown in FIG. 10 may include: a processing module and a communication module.
  • the processing module can integrate the function of the determining unit 1001, and the communication module can integrate the function of sending a single.
  • the processing module is used to control and manage the actions of the communication device 100.
  • the processing module is used to support the communication device 100 to perform step 401, step 801, and other processes for performing the technology described herein.
  • the communication module is used to support the communication device 100 to perform step 402, step 802, etc., and to communicate with other network entities.
  • the communication device 100 shown in FIG. 10 may further include a storage module for storing program codes and data of the communication device 100.
  • the processing module may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication module can be a transceiver circuit or a communication interface.
  • the storage module may be a memory. When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the communication device 100 shown in FIG. 10 may be the communication device shown in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 110 provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 110 may be a receiving end or a chip or a system on a chip in the receiving end. As shown in FIG. 11, the communication device 110 may include: a receiving unit 1101, a distribution unit 1102, and a sending unit 1003;
  • the receiving unit 1101 is configured to receive a first request for requesting a destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and a source layer 2 address of the first V2X service from the sending end;
  • the allocating unit 1102 is configured to allocate the destination layer 2 identifier of the first V2X service according to the first request;
  • the sending unit 1003 is configured to send the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service to the sending end.
  • the communication device 110 shown in FIG. 11 may include: a processing module and a communication module.
  • the communication module can integrate the functions of the receiving unit 1101 and the sending unit 1003.
  • the processing module is used to control and manage the actions of the communication device 110 and integrate the functions of the distribution unit 1102.
  • the processing module is used to support the communication device 110 to execute the process performed by the receiving end in this document.
  • the communication module is used to support communication between the communication device 110 and other network entities.
  • the communication device 110 shown in FIG. 11 may also include a storage module for storing program codes and data of the communication device 110.
  • the processing module may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication module can be a transceiver circuit or a communication interface.
  • the storage module may be a memory. When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the communication device 110 shown in FIG. 11 may be the communication device shown in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication system may include a sending end 120 and a receiving end 121.
  • the sending end 120 and the receiving end 121 can be directly connected for communication, such as communication via a PC5 port.
  • the function of the sending end 120 is the same as that of the communication device 100.
  • the sender 120 is configured to determine, according to the frequency band of the first V2X service, the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service including the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service , According to the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service, send the data of the first V2X service to the receiving end through the frequency band of the first V2X service; the layer 2 address pair of the first V2X service corresponds to the frequency band of the first V2X service.
  • the receiving end 121 may be used to receive a first request for requesting the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service and the source layer 2 address of the first V2X service from the sending end, and allocate the first request according to the first request.
  • a destination layer 2 identifier of the V2X service, and the destination layer 2 address of the first V2X service is sent to the sender.
  • the sending end 120 is configured to determine the QoS flow of the first V2X service according to the frequency band of the first V2X service and the QoS requirements of the first V2X service, and send to the receiving end through the QoS flow of the first V2X service Data of the first V2X service.
  • the sender 120 can determine the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service according to the frequency band of the V2X service, and subsequently, ensure that the V2X service data is sent according to the layer 2 address pair of the V2X service in the frequency band of the V2X service, avoiding Putting V2X services of different frequency bands together and sending them to the sender leads to the problem of failure or inaccurate reception of V2X services.
  • the sending end 120 may establish the same QoS flow for V2X services with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements, and subsequently, the data of the V2X services with the same frequency band and the same QoS requirements may be filtered to the same QoS flow and sent to the receiving end to avoid Putting together the data of V2X services with different frequency bands and different QoS requirements and sending them to the sending end causes the problem of V2X service reception failure or inaccurate reception.
  • the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate.
  • the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, which are stored in a storage medium It includes several instructions to make a device (may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Communication Control (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例公开了一种通信方法及装置，涉及通信技术领域，以解决不同频段的V2X业务通过同一QoS flow传输所带来的问题。所述方法包括：发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对，第一V2X业务的层2地址对包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第一V2X业务的频段对应；发送端根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。

Description

一种通信方法及装置
本申请要求于2019年5月07日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201910376986.5、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。
背景技术
在车联网(vehicle to everything，V2X)通信系统中，终端与终端之间可以通过PC5口传输V2X业务。如：发送端向接收端传输V2X业务之前，发送端可以与接收端建立PC5信令面(PC5 signal，PC5-S)连接，通过该PC5单播连接协商一对层2(layer 2，L2)地址(或者称为层2地址对)，该对地址包括源层2地址和目的层2地址。后续，当发送端向接收端发送V2X业务时，发送端可以根据V2X业务的服务质量(quality of service，QoS)要求将V2X业务过滤到相应的服务质量流(QoS flow)，并将QoS flow以及获取到一对层2地址通过PC5口发送给接收端，以便接收端根据该对层2地址，解析QoS flow，获取发送端发送的V2X业务。
然而，在V2X通信系统中，存在多种不同类型的V2X业务(service)，如：车辆对车辆安全告警(vehicle to vehicle safety and awareness)业务、高速巡航辅助系统(cruise-assist-highway-system)业务、自动车辆识别(automatic-vehicle-identification)业务、非安全应用(non-safety application)业务等，不同类型的V2X业务可能被划分到不同的频段(或者称为PC5频段)。在不同类型的V2X业务被划分到不同频段的情况下，若采用上述方式向接收端发送V2X业务，则会导致将不同频段的V2X业务过滤到同一QoS flow中发送给接收端，接收端接收到该QoS flow后，可能无法区分该QoS flow中每个V2X业务对应的频段，最终导致部分V2X业务在错误的频段上发送，影响V2X业务的正常传输。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置，以解决不同频段的V2X业务通过同一QoS flow传输所带来的问题。
为达到上述目的，本申请实施例采用如下技术方案：
本申请实施例的第一方面，提供一种通信方法，所述方法包括：发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的第一V2X业务的层2地址对，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第一V2X业务的频段对应；发送端根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
基于第一方面，可以根据V2X业务的频段确定V2X业务的层2地址对，保证在V2X业务的频段上，根据V2X业务的层2地址对发送V2X业务的数据，避免将不同频段的V2X业务放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面，第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与除第一频段对应的V2X业务之外的V2X业务的层2地址对不同。
基于该可能的设计，可以为不同频段的V2X业务确定不同的层2地址对，以便根据V2X业务的层2地址对在该V2X业务对应的频段上发送V2X业务的数据，避免不同频段的V2X业务的数据混淆在一起发送，提高了V2X业务的数据的传输靠性。
一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计，所述方法还包括：发送端根据第二V2X业务的频段，确定第二V2X业务的层2地址对；其中，第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段不同，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第二V2X业务的层2地址对不同，若第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段相同，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第二V2X业务的层2地址对可以相同也可以不同。
基于该可能的设计，发送端可以确定多个V2X业务的层2地址对，并且不同频段的V2X业务的层2地址对不同，避免将不同频段的V2X业务放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计，发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对，包括：发送端通过发送端的V2X层向发送端的接入层发送第一对应关系，第一对应关系包括V2X业务的层2地址对以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系；所述方法还包括：发送端在接入层保存第一对应关系。
基于该可能的设计，可以将V2X业务的层2地址对以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系保存在发送端的AS层，便于发送端的AS层根据V2X业务的层2地址对以及V2X业务的频段，确定V2X业务的频段，在V2X业务的频段上向接收端发送V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的数据在其配置的频段上发送，提高V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计，发送端根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对，通过V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据，包括：当发送端在接入层接收到第一数据包，第一数据包携带第一V2X业务的数据和第一V2X业务的层2地址对时，发送端根据第一对应关系以及第一V2X业务的层2地址对，获得第一V2X业务的频段；发送端在接入层根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对中的目的层2地址，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
基于该可能的设计，发送端可以根据第一对应关系以及V2X业务的层2地址对，获得V2X业务的频段，并通过V2X业务的频段向接收端发送V2X业务的数据，简单易行。
一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计，发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对，包括：当发送端与接收端间存在第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，发送端将PC5单播连接的层2地址对作为第一V2X业务的层2地址对；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，发送端向接收端发送第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，第一请求用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；发送端接收来自接收端的第一请求的响应和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，发送端向接收端发送第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，第一请求用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且第一请求包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址；发送端接收来自接收端的第一请求的响应和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且第 一请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以通过PC5单播连接获取V2X业务的层2地址对，并将建立的PC5单播连接与频段对应起来，将与V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接的层2地址对作为V2X业务的层2地址对。如此，使相同频段的多个V2X业务可以采用同一PC5单播连接的层2地址对，降低了获取V2X业务的层2地址对的复杂度，减小信令开销。
一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计，所述方法还包括：发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段以及第二对应关系，确定发送端与接收端间是否存在与第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接；第二对应关系为PC5单播连接的标识与频段间的对应关系。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据PC5单播连接的标识与频段间的对应关系，确定是否存在与V2X的频段对应的PC5单播连接，简单易行。
一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计，所述方法包括：发送端向接收端发送通用层2地址；其中，通用层2地址用于接收端识别第一V2X业务的频段。
基于该可能的设计，在发送端与接收端协商建立PC5单播连接时，可以向接收端发送通用层2地址，以便接收端根据该通用层2地址，识别为哪个频段的V2X业务建立PC5单播连接，并为该频段的V2X业务分配合适的目的层2地址。
一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计，发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对，包括：当发送端与接收端间存在PC5单播连接时，发送端通过PC5单播连接与接收端协商第一V2X业务的层2地址对；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在PC5单播连接时，发送端向接收端发送第二请求和所述PC5单播连接的源层2地址，所述第二请求用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且第二请求包括V2X业务的源层2地址；发送端接收来自接收端的第二请求的响应和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址，第二请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在PC5单播连接时，发送端向接收端发送第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址，第二请求用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且第二请求包括PC5单播连接的源层2地址和V2X业务的源层2地址；发送端接收来自接收端的第二请求的响应和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址，第二请求的响应包括PC5单播连接的目的层2地址和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以在发送端与接收端之间建立PC5单播连接，并通过建立的PC5单播连接为多个V2X业务协商层2地址对，如此，仅通过一个信令面连接即可获取多个V2X业务的层2地址对，减小信令开销。
又一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计，发送端通过PC5单播连接与接收端协商第一V2X业务的层2地址对，包括：发送端向接收端发送第三请求和所述PC5单播连接的层2地址对，所述第三请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且所述第三请求包括所述第一V2X业务的源层2地址；发送端接收来自接收端的第三请求的响应，第三请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
又一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计，所述方法还包括：发送端根据第一V2X业务的标识以及第三对应关系，确定第一V2X业务的频段；其 中，第三对应关系为V2X业务的标识与频段的对应关系。
其中，第三对应关系可以由策略控制网元配置给发送端。例如，所述方法还包括：发送端接收来自策略控制网元的第三对应关系。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据策略控制网元的配置确定V2X业务的频段，简单易行。
又一种可能的设计中，结合第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计，发送端根据第一V2X的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对，包括：当第一V2X的频段为发送端与接收端间的可用频段时，发送端根据第一V2X的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对。
基于该可能的设计，可以使V2X业务的数据在可用频段上发送给接收端，保证了V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
第二方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为发送端或者发送端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中发送端所执行的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如：该通信装置可以包括：确定单元、发送单元。
确定单元，用于根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的第一V2X业务的层2地址对，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第一V2X业务的频段对应；
发送单元，用于根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
基于第二方面，该通信装置可以根据V2X业务的频段确定V2X业务的层2地址对，保证在V2X业务的频段上，根据V2X业务的层2地址对发送V2X业务的数据，避免将不同频段的V2X业务放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
其中，该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的设计提供的通信方法中发送端的行为功能，如：
一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面，第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与除第一频段对应的V2X业务之外的V2X业务的层2地址对不同。
基于该可能的设计，可以为不同频段的V2X业务确定不同的层2地址对，以便根据V2X业务的层2地址对在该V2X业务对应的频段上发送V2X业务的数据，避免不同频段的V2X业务的数据混淆在一起发送，提高了V2X业务的数据的传输靠性。
一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面或者第二方面的任一可能的设计，确定单元，还用于根据第二V2X业务的频段，确定第二V2X业务的层2地址对；其中，第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段不同，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第二V2X业务的层2地址对不同，若第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段相同，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第二V2X业务的层2地址对可以相同也可以不同。
基于该可能的设计，可以确定多个V2X业务的层2地址对，并且不同频段的V2X业务的层2地址对不同，避免将不同频段的V2X业务放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面或者第二方面的任一可能的设计，确定单元，具体用于通过发送端的V2X层向发送端的接入层发送第一对应关系，第一对应关系包括V2X 业务的层2地址对以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系；所述通信装置还包括：保存单元，用于在接入层保存第一对应关系。
基于该可能的设计，可以将V2X业务的层2地址对以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系保存在发送端的AS层，便于发送端的AS层根据V2X业务的层2地址对以及V2X业务的频段，确定V2X业务的频段，在V2X业务的频段上向接收端发送V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的数据在其配置的频段上发送，提高V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面或者第二方面的任一可能的设计，发送单元，具体用于：接收到第一数据包，第一数据包携带第一V2X业务的数据和第一V2X业务的层2地址对时，根据第一对应关系以及第一V2X业务的层2地址对，获得第一V2X业务的频段；根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对中的目的层2地址，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
基于该可能的设计，发送单元可以根据第一对应关系以及V2X业务的层2地址对，获得V2X业务的频段，并通过V2X业务的频段向接收端发送V2X业务的数据，简单易行。
一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面或者第二方面的任一可能的设计，确定单元，具体用于当发送端与接收端间存在第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，将PC5单播连接的层2地址对作为第一V2X业务的层2地址对；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，向接收端发送第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，第一请求用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；接收来自接收端的第一请求的响应，第一请求的响应和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，发送端向接收端发送第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，第一请求用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且第一请求包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址；发送端接收来自接收端的第一请求的响应和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且第一请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以通过PC5单播连接获取V2X业务的层2地址对，并将建立的PC5单播连接与频段对应起来，将与V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接的层2地址对作为V2X业务的层2地址对。如此，使相同频段的多个V2X业务可以采用同一PC5单播连接的层2地址对，降低了获取V2X业务的层2地址对的复杂度，减小信令开销。
一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面或者第二方面的任一可能的设计，确定单元，具体用于根据第一V2X业务的频段以及第二对应关系，确定发送端与接收端间是否存在与第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接；第二对应关系为PC5单播连接的标识与频段间的对应关系。基于该可能的设计，可以根据PC5单播连接的标识与频段间的对应关系，确定是否存在与V2X的频段对应的PC5单播连接，简单易行。
一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面或者第二方面的任一可能的设计，发送单元，还用于向接收端发送通用层2地址；其中，通用层2地址用于接收端识别第一V2X业务的频段。
基于该可能的设计，在发送端与接收端协商建立PC5单播连接时，可以向接收端发送通用层2地址，以便接收端根据该通用层2地址，识别为哪个频段的V2X业务建立PC5单播连接，并为该频段的V2X业务分配合适的目的层2地址。
一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面或者第二方面的任一可能的设计，确定单元，具体用于当发送端与接收端间存在PC5单播连接时，通过PC5单播连接与接收端协商第一V2X 业务的层2地址对；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在PC5单播连接时，向接收端发送第二请求和所述PC5单播连接的源层2地址，所述第二请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且所述第二请求包括所述V2X业务的源层2地址；所述发送端接收来自所述接收端的所述第二请求的响应和所述PC5单播连接的目的层2地址，所述第二请求的响应包括所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在PC5单播连接时，发送端向接收端发送第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址，第二请求用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且第二请求包括PC5单播连接的源层2地址和V2X业务的源层2地址；发送端接收来自接收端的第二请求的响应和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址，第二请求的响应包括PC5单播连接的目的层2地址和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以在发送端与接收端之间建立PC5单播连接，并通过建立的PC5单播连接为多个V2X业务协商层2地址对，如此，仅通过一个信令面连接即可获取多个V2X业务的层2地址对，减小信令开销。
又一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面或者第二方面的任一可能的设计，确定单元，具体用于向接收端发送第三请求和所述PC5单播连接的层2地址对，所述第三请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且所述第三请求包括所述第一V2X业务的源层2地址；接收来自接收端的第三请求的响应，第三请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
又一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面或者第二方面的任一可能的设计，确定单元，还用于根据第一V2X业务的标识以及第三对应关系，确定第一V2X业务的频段；其中，第三对应关系为V2X业务的标识与频段的对应关系。其中，第三对应关系可以由策略控制网元配置给发送端。例如，所述通信装置还包括：接收单元，用于接收来自策略控制网元的第三对应关系。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据策略控制网元的配置确定V2X业务的频段，简单易行。
又一种可能的设计中，结合第二方面或者第二方面的任一可能的设计，确定单元，具体用于当第一V2X的频段为发送端与接收端间的可用频段时，根据第一V2X的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对。基于该可能的设计，可以使V2X业务的数据在可用频段上发送给接收端，保证了V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
第三方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器和存储器；该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当该通信装置运行时，该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令，以使该通信装置执行如上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。
第四方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。
第五方面，提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。
第六方面，提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器、通信接口，用于支持通信装置实现上述方面中所涉及的功能，例如处理器根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的第一V2X业务的层2地址对，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第一V2X业务的频段对应；并根据第一V2X业务的层2地 址对，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
其中，第三方面至第六方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果，不再赘述。
第七方面，提供一种通信方法，所述方法包括：接收端接收来自发送端的用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，根据第一请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2标识，向接收端发送第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于第七方面所述的方法，接收端可以根据发送端的请求为V2X业务分配目的层2地址，二者协商确定发送V2X业务的数据所使用的层2地址对，简单易行。
一种可能的设计中，结合第七方面，接收端向发送端发送第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，包括：接收端向发送端发送第一请求的响应；其中，第一请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；或者，接收端向发送端发送第一请求的响应和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；其中，第一请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以将第一V2X业务的目的层2地址携带在第一请求的响应中发送给发送端，简单易行。
一种可能的设计中，结合第七方面或第七方面的可能的设计，第一请求包括第一V2X业务的标识；接收端根据第一请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，包括：接收端根据第一V2X业务的标识，以及V2X业务的标识与频段间的对应关系，确定第一V2X业务的频段；接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据V2X业务的标识确定V2X业务的频段，并根据V2X业务的频段为V2X业务分配目的层2地址，以便后续根据V2X业务的目的层2地址，在该V2X业务的频段上发送V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
又一种可能的设计中，结合第七方面，第一请求包括通用层2地址；接收端根据第一请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，包括：接收端根据通用层2地址，确定第一V2X业务的频段；接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据通用层2地址确定V2X业务的频段，并根据V2X业务的频段为V2X业务分配目的层2地址，以便后续根据V2X业务的目的层2地址，在该V2X业务的频段上发送V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
又一种可能的设计中，结合第七方面，所述方法还包括：接收端接收来自发送端的通用层2地址；接收端根据第一请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，包括：接收端根据第一请求以及通用层2地址，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据第一请求和通用层2地址确定V2X业务为V2X业务分配目的层2地址，以便后续根据V2X业务的目的层2地址，在该V2X业务的频段上发送V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
第八方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为接收端或者接收端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中接收端所执行的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如：该通信装置可以包括：接收单元、分配单元、发送单元；
接收单元，用于接收来自发送端的用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址；
分配单元，用于根据第一请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2标识；
发送单元，用于向发送端发送第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于第八方面所述的通信装置，可以根据发送端的请求为V2X业务分配目的层2地址，二者协商确定发送V2X业务的数据所使用的层2地址对，简单易行。
一种可能的设计中，结合第八方面，发送单元，具体用于向发送端发送第一请求的响应；其中，第一请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；或者，接收端向发送端发送第一请求的响应和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；其中，第一请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以将第一V2X业务的目的层2地址携带在第一请求的响应中发送给发送端，简单易行。
一种可能的设计中，结合第八方面或第八方面的可能的设计，第一请求包括第一V2X业务的标识；分配单元，具体用于根据第一V2X业务的标识，以及V2X业务的标识与频段间的对应关系，确定第一V2X业务的频段；根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据V2X业务的标识确定V2X业务的频段，并根据V2X业务的频段为V2X业务分配目的层2地址，以便后续根据V2X业务的目的层2地址，在该V2X业务的频段上发送V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
又一种可能的设计中，结合第八方面，第一请求包括通用层2地址；分配单元，具体用于根据通用层2地址，确定第一V2X业务的频段；根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据通用层2地址确定V2X业务的频段，并根据V2X业务的频段为V2X业务分配目的层2地址，以便后续根据V2X业务的目的层2地址，在该V2X业务的频段上发送V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
又一种可能的设计中，结合第八方面，所述接收单元，还用于接收来自发送端的通用层2地址；分配单元，具体用于根据第一请求以及通用层2地址，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。基于该可能的设计，可以根据第一请求和通用层2地址确定V2X业务为V2X业务分配目的层2地址，以便后续根据V2X业务的目的层2地址，在该V2X业务的频段上发送V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
第九方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器和存储器；该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当该通信装置运行时，该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令，以使该通信装置执行如上述第七方面或者第七方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。
第十方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第七方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。
第十一方面，提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第七方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。
第十二方面，提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器、通信接口，用于支持通 信装置实现上述方面中所涉及的功能，例如处理器通过通信接口接收来自发送端的用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，根据第一请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2标识，向发送端发送第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
其中，第九方面至第十二方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第七方面或者第七方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果，不再赘述。
第十三方面，又提供一种通信方法，所述方法包括：发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第一V2X业务的QoS flow，通过第一V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
基于十三方面所示方法，可以根据V2X业务的频段、V2X业务的QoS要求为V2X业务建立QoS flow，后续，便于将相同频段、且相同QoS要求的V2X业务的数据过滤到同一QoS flow发送给接收端，避免将不同频段、且QoS要求不同的V2X业务的数据放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十三方面，第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段，第一V2X的QoS要求为第一QoS要求，第一V2X业务的QoS flow与除第一频段和第一QoS要求对应的V2X业务之外的V2X业务的QoS flow不同。
基于该可能的设计，可以为不同频段、不同QoS要求的V2X业务确定不同QoS flow，避免将不同频段、且QoS要求不同的V2X业务的数据通过同一QoS flow发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十三方面或第十三方面的可能的设计，所述方法还包括：发送端根据第二V2X业务的频段以及第二V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第二V2X业务的QoS flow；其中，若第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段不同和/或第一V2X业务的QoS要求与第二V2X业务的QoS要求不同，第一V2X业务的QoS flow与第二V2X业务的QoS flow不同；若第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段相同、第一V2X业务的QoS要求与第二V2X业务的QoS要求相同，第一V2X业务的QoS flow可以与第二V2X业务的QoS flow相同。
基于该可能的设计，可以为不同频段和/或不同QoS要求的V2X业务确定不同的QoS flow，为相同频段且相同QoS要求的V2X业务确定相同的QoS flow，避免将不同频段、且QoS要求不同的V2X业务的数据通过同一QoS flow发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十三方面或第十三方面的可能的设计，发送端通过V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送V2X业务的数据，包括：发送端通过发送端的V2X层向发送端的接入层发送第四对应关系，第四对应关系为V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系；所述方法还包括：发送端在接入层保存第四对应关系。
基于该可能的设计，可以将V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系保存起来，便于后续根据V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系传输V2X业务的数据，简单易行。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十三方面或第十三方面的可能的设计，发送端通过第一 V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据，包括：当发送端在V2X层接收到第一数据包，第一数据包携带第一V2X业务的数据时，发送端在V2X层将第一V2X业务的数据过滤到第一V2X业务的QoS flow中；发送端在V2X层向接入层发送第二数据包，第二数据包包括第一V2X业务的数据、第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识和第一V2X业务的层2地址对；发送端在接入层根据第四对应关系以及第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识，获得第一V2X业务的频段；发送端在接入层根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对中的目的层2地址，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据；其中，第一V2X业务的QoS flow包括第一V2X业务的数据。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系，获取V2X业务的频段，并在获取到的V2X业务的频段上向接收端发送QoS flow中的V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的数据在V2X业务的频段上发送给接收端，提高了V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十三方面或第十三方面的可能的设计，发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段和第一V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第一V2X业务的QoS flow，包括：当发送端与接收端间存在与第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow时，发送端将与第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow确定为第一V2X业务的QoS flow；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在与第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow时，发送端为第一V2X业务建立第一V2X业务的QoS flow。
基于该可能的设计，相同频段、且相同QoS要求的多个V2X业务可以复用同一QoS flow，减少建立QoS flow的次数，降低信令开销。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十三方面或第十三方面的可能的设计，所述方法还包括：发送端根据第一V2X业务的标识以及第三对应关系，确定第一V2X业务的频段；其中，第三对应关系为V2X业务的标识与频段的对应关系。其中，第三对应关系可以由策略控制网元配置给发送端，如：发送端接收来自策略控制网元的第三对应关系。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据策略控制网元的配置确定V2X业务的频段，简单易行。
第十四方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为发送端或者发送端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中发送端所执行的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如：该通信装置可以包括：确定单元、发送单元；
确定单元，用于根据第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第一V2X业务的QoS flow；
发送单元，用于通过第一V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
基于十四方面所示的通信装置，可以根据V2X业务的频段、V2X业务的QoS要求为V2X业务建立QoS flow，后续，便于将相同频段、且相同QoS要求的V2X业务的数据过滤到同一QoS flow发送给接收端，避免将不同频段、且QoS要求不同的V2X业务的数据放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十四方面，第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段，第一V2X的QoS要求为第一QoS要求，第一V2X业务的QoS flow与除第一频段和第一QoS要求 对应的V2X业务之外的V2X业务的QoS flow不同。
基于该可能的设计，可以为不同频段、不同QoS要求的V2X业务确定不同QoS flow，避免将不同频段、且QoS要求不同的V2X业务的数据通过同一QoS flow发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十四方面或第十四方面的可能的设计，确定单元，还用于根据第二V2X业务的频段以及第二V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第二V2X业务的QoS flow；其中，若第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段不同和/或第一V2X业务的QoS要求与第二V2X业务的QoS要求不同，第一V2X业务的QoS flow与第二V2X业务的QoS flow不同；若第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段相同、第一V2X业务的QoS要求与第二V2X业务的QoS要求相同，第一V2X业务的QoS flow可以与第二V2X业务的QoS flow相同。
基于该可能的设计，可以为不同频段和/或不同QoS要求的V2X业务确定不同的QoS flow，为相同频段且相同QoS要求的V2X业务确定相同的QoS flow，避免将不同频段、且QoS要求不同的V2X业务的数据通过同一QoS flow发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十四方面或第十四方面的可能的设计，发送单元，具体用于通过发送端的V2X层向发送端的接入层发送第四对应关系，第四对应关系为V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系；所述通信装置还包括：保存单元，用于在接入层保存第四对应关系。
基于该可能的设计，可以将V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系保存起来，便于后续根据V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系传输V2X业务的数据，简单易行。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十四方面或第十四方面的可能的设计，发送单元，具体用于当接收到第一数据包，第一数据包携带第一V2X业务的数据时，将第一V2X业务的数据过滤到第一V2X业务的QoS flow中；向接入层发送第二数据包，第二数据包包括第一V2X业务的数据、第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识和第一V2X业务的层2地址对；根据第四对应关系以及第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识，获得第一V2X业务的频段；根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对中的目的层2地址，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据；其中，第一V2X业务的QoS flow包括第一V2X业务的数据。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系，获取V2X业务的频段，并在获取到的V2X业务的频段上向接收端发送QoS flow中的V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的数据在V2X业务的频段上发送给接收端，提高了V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十四方面或第十四方面的可能的设计，确定单元，具体用于当发送端与接收端间存在与第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow时，发送端将与第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow确定为第一V2X业务的QoS flow；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在与第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow时，发送端为第一V2X业务建立第一V2X业务的QoS flow。
基于该可能的设计，相同频段、且相同QoS要求的多个V2X业务可以复用同一QoS flow，减少建立QoS flow的次数，降低信令开销。
一种可能的设计中，结合第十四方面或第十四方面的可能的设计，确定单元，还用于根据第一V2X业务的标识以及第三对应关系，确定第一V2X业务的频段；其中，第三对应关系为V2X业务的标识与频段的对应关系。其中，第三对应关系可以由策略控制网元配置给发送端，如：通信装置还包括接收单元，用于接收来自策略控制网元的第三对应关系。
基于该可能的设计，可以根据策略控制网元的配置确定V2X业务的频段，简单易行。
第十五方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器和存储器；该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当该通信装置运行时，该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令，以使该通信装置执行如上述第十三方面或者第十三方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。
第十六方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第十三方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。
第十七方面，提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第十三方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。
第十八方面，提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器、通信接口，用于支持通信装置实现上述方面中所涉及的功能，例如处理器根据第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第一V2X业务的QoS flow，通过第一V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
其中，第十五方面至第十八方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第十三方面或者第十三方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果，不再赘述。
第十九方面，提供一种通信系统，该通信系统可以包括如第二方面至第六方面任一方面所述的发送端、以及如第八方面至第十二方面任一方面所述的接收端；或者，该通信系统包括如第十四方面至第十八方面任一方面所述的发送端、以及接收端。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的终端的协议层的示意图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图；
图5a为本申请实施例提供的一种确定V2X业务的层2地址对的示意图；
图5b为本申请实施例提供的又一种确定V2X业务的层2地址对的示意图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的再一种通信方法的流程图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置100的组成示意图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置110的组成示意图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的组成示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。
本申请实施例提供的方法可用于支持V2X业务传输的通信系统，该通信系统可以为第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)通信系统，例如，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统，又可以为第五代(5th generation，5G)移动通信系统或者新空口(new radio，NR)系统或者其他下一代通信系统等，也可以为非3GPP通信系统，不予限制。下面仅以图1所示通信系统为例，对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述。
如图1所示，提供了一种通信系统的架构图，该通信系统可以包括多个终端、接入网设备、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)、策略控制功能(policy control function，PCF)、统一数据管理(unified data management，UDM)、会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)、用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)、数据网络(data network，DN)等。DN可以包括V2X应用服务器(application service，APP service)。图1中，终端可以通过Uu口与接入网设备交互，通过接入网设备接入网络；终端还可以通过PC5口与其他终端进行直连通信，如：终端可以通过PC5口接口向其他终端发送V2X业务等。
其中，终端可以称为终端设备(terminal equipment)或者用户设备(user equipment，UE)或者移动台(mobile station，MS)或者移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)等。具体的，图1中的终端可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑，还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智能家居、车载终端等等。在图1所示通信系统中，终端可以与通信系统中的其他终端一对一通信，即单播通信，也可以与通信系统中的其他多个终端进行组播通信，如：终端1可以与终端2之间进行单播通信，也可以与终端2、终端3进行组播通信，不予限制。本申请实施例仅以单播通信为例进行描述，描述本申请实施例提供的通信方法。
其中，PCF主要用于为终端配置V2X通信参数；例如，PCF可以根据网络资源部署情况、终端的签约和授权信息为终端确定V2X业务对应的频段，并将V2X业务的标识以及V2X业务的频段间的对应关系配置给终端。需要说明的是，PCF的名称不受限制，PCF还可以命名为策略控制网元等。
其中，图1中其他网元，如：接入网设备、AMF、UPF等网元的相关功能可参照现有描述，不再赘述。
在图1所示系统中，一种示例中，可以为不同频段的V2X业务确定不同的层2地址对，根据V2X业务的频段与V2X业务的层2地址对间的对应关系发送V2X业务，以实现在V2X业务的频段上发送该V2X业务。具体的，该实现过程可参照图4～图6所示方法对应的实施例中所述。或者，又一种示例中，可以根据V2X业务的频段以及V2X业务的QoS要求确定V2X业务的QoS flow，将属于同一频段、同一QoS要求的V2X业务过滤到同一 QoS flow中，将属于不同频段和/或不同QoS要求的V2X业务过滤到不同的QoS flow中，通过V2X业务的QoS flow发送V2X业务。具体的，该实现过程可参照图7对应的实施例中所述。
需要指出的是，图1仅为示例性架构图，本申请实施例不限定图1所示通信系统包括的网元的数量。虽然未示出，但除图1所示网络功能实体外，图1所示网络还可以包括其他功能实体，如：还可以包括监控模块，该监控模块用于监控该网络中各个设备的工作状态。此外，图1中各个设备的名称、各个设备之间的接口名称不受限制，除图1所示名称之外，各个设备还可命名为其他名称，例如替换成具备相同或相似功能的网元名称，不予限制。
具体的，为支持终端间的直连通信，直连通信的两个终端可以建立如图2所示的协议层，通过该协议层传输V2X业务。如图2所示，直连通信的两个终端(如终端1和终端2)中分别包括应用层(application layer)、V2X层(V2X layer)、接入(access stratum，AS)层、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层、物理层(PHY layer)。
应用层，主要用于提供V2X服务，如：生成V2X业务。
V2X layer，主要用于确定V2X业务的频段、负责建立PC5单播连接等。V2X layer可以存储有V2X业务的标识以及频段的对应关系。其中，终端的V2X layer可以独立部署在终端中，也可以部署在终端的其他协议层中，如：可以集成在终端的AS层中。当V2X layer集成在AS层中时，V2X layer执行的动作可以认为是由AS层执行，不予限制。本申请实施例以终端的V2X layer独立部署在终端中为例进行说明，不予限制。此外，V2X layer的名称不受限制，如：V2X layer还可以命名为PC5-S层或者其他有本申请实施例所述的V2X layer具有功能的协议层等。
AS层，主要用于将V2X业务过滤到相应的QoS flow中。AS层可以存储(或者记录)有数据包过滤集合、或者服务质量流(QoS flow，QF)的相关参数(如：QoS flow的标识(QoS flow indentity，QFI)等。
其中，图2中PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、PHY层的功能可参照现有技术中PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、PHY层的功能，不予赘述。
需要指出的是，图2仅为终端的协议层的一种示例性附图，除图2所示协议层之外，终端还可以包括其他协议层，如：服务数据适配(service data adaption protocol，SDAP)层、无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)层等，不予限制。此外，图2中各协议层的名称不受限制，除图2所示名称之外，各个协议层还可以命名为其他名称，例如替换成具备相同或相似功能的协议层名称，不予限制。
在具体实现时，图1所示各设备，如：图1中的终端，均可以采用图3所示的组成结构，或者包括图3所示的部件。
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置300的组成示意图，该通信装置300可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置300包括处理器301，通信线路302以及通信接口303。
进一步的，该通信装置300还可以包括存储器304。其中，处理器301，存储器304以及通信接口303之间可以通过通信线路302连接。
其中，处理器301可以是中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、通用处理器网络处理器(network processor，NP)、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing，DSP)、微处理器、微控制器、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device，PLD)或它们的任意组合。处理器301还可以是其它任意具有处理功能的装置，例如电路、器件或软件模块，不做限制。
通信线路302，用于在通信装置300所包括的各部件之间传送信息。
通信接口303，用于与其他设备或其它通信网络进行通信。该其它通信网络可以为以太网，无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)，无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)等。通信接口303可以是模块、电路、收发器或者任何能够实现通信的装置。
存储器304，用于存储指令。其中，指令可以是计算机程序。
其中，存储器304可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和/或指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，也可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)或者可存储信息和/或指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，还可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备等，不予限制。
需要指出的是，存储器304可以独立于处理器301存在，也可以和处理器301集成在一起。存储器304可以用于存储指令或者程序代码或者一些数据等。存储器304可以位于通信装置300内，也可以位于通信装置300外，不做限制。
处理器301，用于执行存储器304中存储的指令，以实现本申请下述实施例提供的通信方法。例如，当通信装置300为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统时，处理器301可以执行存储器304中存储的指令，以实现本申请下述实施例中发送端所执行的步骤。
在一种示例中，处理器301可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图3中的CPU0和CPU1。
作为一种可选的实现方式，通信装置300包括多个处理器，例如，除图3中的处理器301之外，还可以包括处理器307。
作为一种可选的实现方式，通信装置300还包括输出设备305和输入设备306。示例性地，输入设备306是键盘、鼠标、麦克风或操作杆等设备，输出设备305是显示屏、扬声器(speaker)等设备。
需要指出的是，通信装置300可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端、嵌入式设备、芯片系统或有图3中类似结构的设备。此外，图3中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定，除图3所示部件之外，该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
本申请实施例中，芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
此外，本申请的各实施例之间涉及的动作，术语等均可以相互参考，不予限制。本申请的实施例中各个设备之间交互的消息名称或消息中的参数名称等只是一个示例，具体实现中也可以采用其他的名称，不予限制。
下面以图1所示的架构为例，对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述。
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法，如图4所示，所述方法可以包括：
步骤401：发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对。
其中，发送端可以为图1中通过PC5口向其他终端发送第一V2X业务的数据任一终端，如：发送端可以为图1中的终端1。需要指出的是，发送端与接收端相对，接收端可以为通过PC5口接收发送端发送的V2X业务的任一终端，例如，当发送端为图1中的终端1时，接收端可以为图1中的终端2或者终端3等。
其中，第一V2X业务可以为任一V2X业务，如：可以为车辆对车辆安全告警业务，或者，非安全应用业务等。第一V2X业务可以用第一V2X业务的标识(service indentifier，service ID)唯一标识，第一V2X业务的标识还可以称为第一V2X业务的服务标识符等。具体的，第一V2X业务的标识可以为提供服务标识(provider service identifier，PSID)，或，智能交通系统-应用标识(intelligent transport systems-application identifier，ITS-AID)等。
其中，第一V2X业务的数据可以在第一V2X业务的频段上发送给接收端。第一V2X业务的频段可以由运营商根据需要预先划分好，不同类型的V2X业务可以对应不同的频段。示例性的，V2X业务的标识与V2X业务的频段间存在对应关系，发送端可以根据V2X业务的标识以及频段间的对应关系以及第一V2X业务的标识，确定第一V2X业务的频段。
其中，V2X业务的标识与V2X业务的频段的对应关系可以由PCF配置给发送端。如：当发送端成功注册到网络后，PCF可以将V2X业务的标识与V2X业务的频段间的对应关系配置给发送端。V2X业务的标识与V2X业务的频段的对应关系可以是列表形式的对应关系，如下表一所示的对应关系，也可以是数组形式或者其他形式的对应关系，如：V2X业务的标识与V2X业务的频段的对应关系可以是{service ID1，service ID2，频段F1}等，不予限制。本申请实施例仅以V2X业务的标识与V2X业务的频段的对应关系是列表形式的对应关系为例进行描述。
例如，表一示出了V2X业务的标识与频段间的对应关系，如表一所示，service ID1对应频段F1，service ID2对应频段F1，service ID3对应频段F3。假设第一V2X业务的标识为service ID1，则发送端可以以service ID1为索引查询表一，确定service ID1对应的频段为F1，第一V2X业务的频段为F1，假设第一V2X标识为service ID3，则发送端可以以service ID3为索引查询表一，确定service ID3对应的频段为F3，第一V2X业务的频段为F3。
表一
V2X业务的标识 频段
service ID1 F1
service ID2 F1
service ID3 F3
其中，第一V2X业务的频段与第一V2X业务的层2地址对对应，如此，使得发送端根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对，在第一V2X业务的频段上发送第一V2X业务的数据时，保证在第一V2X业务的频段上发送V2X业务的数据，避免在除第一V2X业务的频段之外的其他频段上发送第一V2X业务的数据。
其中，第一V2X业务的层2地址对可以是一个或者多个，第一V2X业务的频段可以与第一V2X业务的一个或者多个层2地址对对应。需要说明的是，在本申请各实施例中， 一个频段可以与多个V2X业务对应，一个频段可以与多个层2地址对对应，属于一个频段的多个V2X业务可以分别对应该频段的不同层2地址对。
其中，第一V2X业务的层2地址对可以包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址(source L2 adress)和第一V2X的目的层2地址(destination L2 adress)，第一V2X业务的源层2地址可以用于标识发送端，第一V2X业务的目的层2地址可以用于标识接收端。第一V2X业务的层2地址对可以用于传输第一V2X业务的数据，如：传输第一V2X的数据时，可以将第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第一V2X业务的数据封装在一起发送给接收端，以便接收端根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对识别出该第一V2X业务是由哪个发送端发送给自己的，并根据识别结果接收第一V2X业务的数据。
为了避免不同频段的V2X业务混淆到同一频段上传输给接收端，不同频段的V2X业务的层2地址对是不同的。以第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段为例，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与除第一频段对应的V2X业务之外的V2X业务的层2地址对不同，除第一频段对应的V2X业务之外的V2X业务可以指未被划分到第一频段的V2X业务，该V2X业务的数据不可以通过第一频段发送给接收端。例如，假设V2X业务1的频段为F1，V2X业务2的频段为F2，F1与F2不同，则V2X业务1的层2地址对于V2X业务2的层2地址对不同，如：V2X业务1的目的层2地址与V2X业务2的目的层2地址不同，或者，V2X业务1的源层2地址与V2X业务2的源层2地址不同，且V2X业务1的目的层2地址与V2X业务2的目的层2地址不同。
示例性的，发送端可以参照下述图4所示方法的第一个场景，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对，或者，发送端可以参照下述图4所示方法的第二个场景所述的方法，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对。
具体的，步骤401可以由发送端的V2X层执行。以发送端为终端1为例，发送端的V2X层可以参照图2中所述。进一步可选的，在发送端的V2X层确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对之后，发送端的V2X层可以将第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第一V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系发送给发送端的AS层。
需要指出的是，步骤401仅以确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对为例进行了描述，可理解的是，其他一个或者多个V2X业务的层2地址对的确定过程可参照步骤401所述。当发送端与接收端之间支持多个V2X业务的传输时，发送端可以参照步骤401所示方式确定多个V2X业务的层2地址对。
步骤402：发送端根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
示例性的，发送端可以根据第一V2X业务的层2地址中的目的层2地址，识别出接收第一V2X业务的数据的接收端，并通过第一V2X业务的频段向识别出的发送端发送第一V2X业务的数据。进一步的，当发送端通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据的时，发送端还可以向接收端发送第一V2X业务的层2地址对，以便接收端根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对识别出接收到的第一V2X业务的数据是哪个发送端发送给自己的。
其中，发送端可以将第一V2X业务的数据和第一V2X业务的层2地址对通过第一V2X业务的频段发送给接收端。
具体的，步骤402以及步骤402的示例性过程可以由发送端的协议层执行完成，如：
发送端通过发送端的V2X层向发送端的接入层发送第一对应关系，第一对应关系为V2X业务的层2地址对以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系；发送端在发送端的接入层保存第一对应关系。其中，第一对应关系包括第一V2X业务的频段以及步骤401中确定出的第一V2X业务的层2地址对间的对应关系。
后续，发送端的应用触发第一V2X业务，发送端的应用层生成第一V2X业务的数据，并向发送端的V2X层发送第一V2X业务的数据；
发送端的V2X层接收第一V2X业务的数据，将第一V2X业务的数据以及第一V2X业务的层2地址对发送给终端的AS层；
发送端的AS层接收第一V2X业务的数据以及第一V2X业务的层2地址对，根据第一对应关系以及第一V2X业务的层2地址对，获得第一V2X业务的频段，并根据第一V2X业务的层2地址中的目的层2地址，通过第一V2X业务的频段，向第一V2X业务的目的层2地址所标识的接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
进一步可选的，发送端的AS层还向接收端发送第一V2X业务的层2地址对，第一V2X业务的层2地址对可以和第一V2X业务的数据一起发送给接收端。具体的，终端的AS层可以将第一V2X业务的层2地址对和第一V2X业务的数据向下递交给终端的PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层以及物理层处理后发送给接收端。
例如，表二为V2X业务的频段与V2X业务的层2地址对间的对应关系，如表二所示，F1对应(source L2 adress1，destination L2 adress1)，F2对应(source L2 adress2，destination L2 adress2)，F3对应(source L2 adress3，destination L2 adress3)。假设发送端的AS层接收V2X1的数据以及(source L2 adress1，destination L2 adress1)，则发送端的AS层可以以(source L2 adress1，destination L2 adress1)为索引，查询表二，确定与(source L2 adress1，destination L2 adress1)对应的频段为F1，在F1上向接收端发送V2X业务1的数据。
表二
V2X业务的频段 层2地址对
F1 (source L2 adress1，destination L2 adress1)
F2 (source L2 adress2，destination L2 adress2)
F3 (source L2 adress3，destination L2 adress3)
基于图4所示方法，可以根据V2X业务的频段确定V2X业务的层2地址对，将V2X业务的频段与V2X业务的层2地址对对应起来，保证在V2X业务的频段上，根据V2X业务的层2地址对发送V2X业务的数据，避免将不同频段的V2X业务放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
需要指出的是，图4仅以确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对以及发送第一V2X业务的数据为例进行了说明，其他一个或者多个V2X业务的层2地址对的确定过程以及数据发送过程可参照图4所示。例如，图4所示方法还可以包括：
发送端根据第二V2X业务的频段，确定第二V2X业务的层2地址对，根据第二V2X业务的层2地址对，通过第二V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
其中，发送端确定第二V2X业务的层2地址对以及发送第二V2X业务的数据的详细过程可参照图4所示，不予赘述。
其中，在多个V2X业务划分到多个不同频段的情况下，不同频段的V2X业务对应的层2地址对是不同的，如：若两个或者两个以上的V2X业务的频段不同，则这两个或者两个以上的V2X业务的层2地址对也是不同的。V2X业务的层2地址对不同可以指：V2X业务的目的层2地址不同，或者，V2X业务的目的层2地址以及V2X业务的源层2地址均不同。
本申请实施例不限定相同频段的V2X业务的层2地址对之间的关系，相同频段的V2X业务的层2地址对可以相同，也可以不同，如：若两个或者两个以上的V2X业务的频段相同，则这两个或者两个以上的V2X业务的层2地址对可以是同一层2地址对，也可以是不同的层2地址对，不予限制。
例如，以发送端确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对以及确定第二V2X业务的层2地址对为例，若第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段不同，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第二V2X业务的层2地址对不同，若第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段相同，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第二V2X业务的层2地址对可以相同或者相同，不予限制。
在图4所示方法的第一个场景中，发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对可以包括：
当发送端与接收端间存在第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，发送端将PC5单播连接的层2地址对作为第一V2X业务的层2地址对；或者，当发送端与接收端间不存在第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，为第一V2X建立PC5单播连接，获取第一V2X业务的层2地址对。
进一步的，以第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段为例，为第一V2X业务建立PC5单播连接之后，发送端还可以将PC5单播连接的标识与第一频段对应保存起来，后续，便于发送端根据该对应关系，确定是否存在与第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接。此外，发送端还可以将PC5单播连接的标识与PC5单播连接的层2地址对对应保存起来，以便于在确定存在与第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接后，根据PC5单播连接的标识与PC5单播连接的层2地址对之间的对应关系获取第一V2X业务的层2地址对。
其中，PC5单播连接的标识与第一频段之间的对应关系、PC5单播连接的标识与PC5单播连接的层2地址对之间的对应关系可以分开保存，也可以合并在一起保存，如：将PC5单播连接的标识、第一频段以及PC5单播连接的层2地址对对应保存起来，不予限制。
其中，PC5单播连接的名称不受限制，PC5单播连接还可以命名为PC5 unicast link或者PC5-S连接等，PC5单播连接可以指发送端与接收端之间的信令面连接，PC5单播连接可以用于传输发送端与接收端之间的信令或者消息等。
PC5单播连接的标识可以为PC5信令面标识(PC5 signal identifier，PSID)，可以用于标识PC5单播连接。
PC5单播连接的层2地址对可以在建立PC5单播连接时获取得到，如：在图4所示的 第一个场景中，为第一V2X建立PC5单播连接时，PC5单播连接的层2地址对可以为获取到的第一V2X业务的层2地址对，即PC5单播连接的层2地址对与PC5单播连接对应的频段的V2X业务的层2地址对相同。
示例性的，以PC5单播连接的标识与频段间的对应关系为第二对应关系为例，发送端可以根据第一V2X业务的频段以及第二对应关系，确定发送端与接收端间是否存在与第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接。如：发送端可以以第一V2X业务的频段为索引，查询第二对应关系，若第二对应关系中存在与第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接的标识，则确定存在与第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接，反之，若第二对应关系中不包括第一V2X业务的频段，则确定不存在与第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接。
其中，第二对应关系还可以包括V2X Service ID、PC5单播连接的标识与PC5单播连接的层2地址对之间的对应关系。
例如，以V2X Service ID为PSID为例，下表三示出了V2X Service ID、PC5单播连接的ID、频段以及层2地址对间的对应关系，如表三所示，PSID1对应PC5 unicast link ID1、频段F1以及层2地址对1；PSID2、PSID4对应PC5 unicast link ID2、频段F2以及层2地址对2，PSID3对应PC5 unicast link ID3、频段F2以及层2地址对3，PSID5、PSID6对应PC5 unicast link ID4、频段F3以及层2地址对4。假设第一V2X业务的频段为F1，发送端可以以F1为索引查询表三，发现表三中存在与F1对应的PSID1，确定存在与第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接，进而以PSID1为索引查询表三，发现与PSID1对应的层2地址对为层2地址对1，将层2地址对1确定为第一V2X业务的层2地址对。
表三
V2X Service ID PC5单播连接的ID 频段 层2地址对
PSID1 PC5 unicast link ID1 F1 层2地址对1
PSID2，PSID4 PC5 unicast link ID2 F2 层2地址对2
PSID3 PC5 unicast link ID3 F2 层2地址对3
PSID5，PSID6 PC5 unicast link ID4 F3 层2地址对4
示例性的，上述为第一V2X建立PC5单播连接，获取第一V2X业务的层2地址可以包括：发送端向接收端发送第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址；其中，第一请求用于请求请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；接收端接收第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，根据第一请求分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，并向发送端发送第一请求的响应和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；或者，发送端向接收端发送第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址；其中，第一请求用于请求请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且第一请求包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址；接收端接收第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，根据第一请求分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，并向发送端发送第一请求的响应和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且第一请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；
发送端接收来自接收端的第一请求的响应，进而将第一V2X业务的源层2地址以及接收到的第一V2X业务的目的层2地址作为第一V2X业务的层2地址对。
其中，第一请求可以包括第一V2X业务的标识。第一请求的名称不受限制，第一请求可以命名为直连通信请求或者其他名称，不予限制。
其中，如上所述，第一V2X业务的源层2地址可以包括在第一请求中，或者，第一V2X业务的源层2地址不包括在第一请求中，发送端通过发送端的AS层将第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址发送给接收端。
可选的，第一请求可以包括在MAC协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)的负载(payload)中，第一V2X业务的源层2地址可以包括在MAC PDU的MAC头中；或者，第一V2X业务的源层2地址包括在第一请求中，发送端通过发送端的AS层将第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址发送给接收端，可选的，第一请求包括在MAC PDU的负载中，第一V2X业务的源层2地址包括在MAC PDU的MAC头中。
进一步的，发送端向接收端发送第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址时，还可以向发送端通用层2地址(common L2 address)，该通用层2地址可用于接收端识别第一V2X业务的频段。通用层2地址与频段间存在对应关系，不同的通用层2地址可以对应不同的频段。
其中，通用层2地址可以包括在第一请求中，或者，通用层2地址不包括在第一请求中，发送端通过发送端的AS层将第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址发送给接收端，可选的，第一请求包括在MAC PDU的负载(payload)中，第一V2X业务的源层2地址包括在MAC PDU的MAC头中；或者，第一V2X业务的源层2地址包括在第一请求中，发送端通过发送端的AS层将第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址发送给接收端，可选的，第一请求包括在MAC PDU的负载中，第一V2X业务的源层2地址包括在MAC PDU的MAC头中。
在图4所示方法的第一个场景的示例一中，当发送端向接收端发送第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，第一请求包括第一V2X业务的标识时，接收端根据第一请求，分配第一V2X的目的层2地址可以包括：接收端根据第一V2X业务的标识以及V2X业务的标识与频段间的对应关系，确定第一V2X业务的频段；接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
其中，在图4所示方法的第一个场景的示例一中，PCF可以将V2X业务的标识与频段间的对应关系于预先配置给接收端。接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址可以包括：接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段随机为该第一V2X分配一个目的层2地址，同时，需要保证不同频段的V2X业务分配的目的层2地址不同即可。
在图4所示方法的第一个场景的示例二中，当发送端向接收端发送第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，第一请求包括通用层2地址时，接收端根据第一请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，包括：接收端根据通用层2地址，确定第一V2X业务的频段，接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
其中，在图4所示方法的第一个场景的示例二中，接收端根据通用层2地址，确定第一V2X业务的频段可以包括：接收端根据通用层2地址与频段间的对应关系，以及接收到的通用层2地址，确定第一V2X业务的频段。
其中，在图4所示方法的第一个场景的示例二中，接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的具体方式可参照图4所示方法的第一个场景的示例一 中所述，不予赘述。
在图4所示方法的第一个场景的示例三中，当发送端向接收端发送第一请求、第一V2X业务的源层2地址以及通用层2地址时，接收端根据第一请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，包括：接收端根据第一请求以及通用层2地址，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
其中，在在图4所示方法的第一个场景的示例三中，第一请求可以作为接收端分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的触发条件，接收端接收到第一请求，就根据通用层2地址分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
其中，在图4所示方法的第一个场景的示例三中，接收端根据通用层2地址分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的方式可参照图4所示方法的第一个场景的示例二中所述，不予赘述。
需要指出的是，图4所示方法的第一个场景仅以确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对为例进行了描述，发送端可参照图4所示方法的第一个场景中所述，确定除第一V2X业务之外的其他多个V2X业务的层2地址对，不予限制。
基于图4所示方法的第一个场景，可以在存在V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接的情况下，将PC5单播连接的层2地址对作为V2X业务的层2地址，在不存在V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接的情况下，建立与该V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接，通过PC5单播连接的建立获取V2X业务的层2地址对。如此，可以采用PC5单播连接的层2地址对作为V2X业务的层2地址对，使对应同一频段的多个V2X的业务与同一PC5单播连接对应，将PC5单播连接的层2地址对作为这些V2X业务的层2地址对。
例如，如图5a所示，service ID1、service ID2对应频段F1，service ID3、service ID4、service ID5对应频段F2，service ID6对应频段F3，采用图4所示方法的第一个场景所述的方式确定V2X业务的层2地址对后，service ID1、service ID2对应PC5单播连接1{层2地址对：源层2地址A1，目的层2地址B1}，service ID3、service ID4、service ID5对应PC5单播连接2{层2地址对：源层2地址A2，目的层2地址B2}，service ID6对应PC5单播连接3{层2地址对：源层2地址A3，目的层2地址B3}。
在图4所示方法的第二个场景中，发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对可以包括：
当发送端与接收端间存在PC5单播连接时，发送端通过PC5单播连接与接收端协商第一V2X业务的层2地址对；或者，当发送端与接收端不存在PC5单播连接时，为第一V2X业务新建PC5单播连接，获取第一V2X业务的层2地址对。
进一步的，以第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段为例，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对后，发送端可以将第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第一V2X业务的频段对应保存在发送端的AS层。
示例性的，发送端通过PC5单播连接与接收端协商第一V2X业务的层2地址对，可以包括：发送端向接收端发送第三请求和PC5单播连接的层2地址对，所述第三请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且所述第三请求包括所述第一V2X业务的源层2地址；
接收端接收第三请求和PC5单播连接的层2地址对，根据第三请求和PC5单播连接的 层2地址对，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，并向发送端发送第三请求的响应；其中，第三请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；
发送端接收来自接收端的第三请求的响应。
其中，第三请求可以包括第一V2X业务的标识。第三请求的名称不受限制，第三请求可以命名为参数协商请求或者其他名称，不予限制。
其中，接收端根据第三请求和PC5单播连接的层2地址对，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址可以包括：接收端先根据PC5单播连接的层2地址对，识别出第三请求是通过自己与发送端间建立的PC5单播连接发送的请求，再根据第三请求包括的第一V2X业务的标识以及V2X业务的标识与频段间的对应关系，确定第一V2X业务的频段，根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
示例性的，当发送端与接收端不存在PC5单播连接时，为第一V2X业务新建PC5单播连接，获取第一V2X业务的层2地址对可以包括：
发送端向接收端发送第二请求和所述PC5单播连接的源层2地址，第二请求用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且第二请求包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址；
接收端接收第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址和V2X业务的源层2地址，根据第二请求分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址；
接收端向发送端发送第二请求的响应和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址，第二请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；发送端接收来自接收端的第二请求的响应。
其中，第二请求可以包括第一V2X业务的标识。第二请求的名称不受限制，第二请求可以命名为直连通信请求或者其他名称，不予限制。第二请求还可以包括PC5单播连接的源层2地址。即发送端向接收端发送第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址存在下述两种情况：
情况一、发送端向接收端发送第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址，第二请求包括第一V2X业务的源2地址。
其中，发送端通过发送端的AS层将第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址发送给接收端，可选的，第二请求包括在MAC PDU的负载中，PC5单播连接的源层2地址包括在MAC PDU的MAC头中。
其中，该情况一下，第二请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，不包括PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
情况二：发送端向接收端发送第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址，第二请求包括第一V2X业务的源2地址和PC5单播连接的源层2地址。
其中，发送端通过发送端的AS层将第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址发送给接收端，可选的，第二请求包括在MAC PDU的负载中，PC5单播连接的源层2地址包括在MAC PDU的MAC头中。
其中，该情况二下，第二请求的响应包括第一V2X业务的目的层2地址以及PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
进一步的，发送端向接收端发送第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址时，还可以向发送端通用层2地址，该通用层2地址可以用于接收端识别第一V2X业务的频段。通用层2地址与频段间存在对应关系，不同的通用层2地址可以对应不同的频段。
其中，通用层2地址可以包括在第二请求中，或者，通用层2地址不包括在第二请求中，发送端通过发送端的AS层将第二请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址发送给接收端，可选的，第二请求包括在MAC PDU的负载中，第一V2X业务的源层2地址包括在MAC PDU的MAC头中；或者，第一V2X业务的源层2地址包括在第二请求中，发送端通过发送端的AS层将第二请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址发送给接收端，可选的，第二请求包括在MAC PDU的负载中，第一V2X业务的源层2地址包括在MAC PDU的MAC头中。
在图4所示方法的第二个场景的示例一中，当发送端向接收端发送第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址，第二请求包括第一V2X业务的标识时，接收端根据第二请求，分配第一V2X的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址可以包括：接收端根据第一V2X业务的标识以及V2X业务的标识与频段间的对应关系，确定第一V2X业务的频段；接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
其中，在图4所示方法的第二个场景的示例一中，PCF将V2X业务的标识与频段间的对应关系于预先配置给接收端。接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址包括：接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段随机为该第一V2X分配一个目的层2地址，为PC5单播连接分配一个目的层2地址，同时，需要保证不同频段的V2X业务分配的目的层2地址不同，不同PC5单播连接分配的目的层2地址不同。
在图4所示方法的第二个场景的示例二中，当发送端向接收端发送第二请求和PC5单播连接的源层2地址，第二请求包括通用层2地址时，接收端根据第二请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址，包括：接收端根据通用层2地址，确定第一V2X业务的频段，接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
其中，在图4所示方法的第二个场景的示例二中，接收端根据通用层2地址，确定第一V2X业务的频段可以包括：接收端根据通用层2地址与频段间的对应关系，以及接收到的通用层2地址，确定第一V2X业务的频段。
其中，在图4所示方法的第二个场景的示例二中，接收端根据第一V2X业务的频段，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址的具体方式可参照图4所示方法的第二个场景的示例一中所述，不予赘述。
在图4所示方法的第二个场景的示例三中，当发送端向接收端发送第二请求和通用层2地址时，接收端根据第二请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址，包括：接收端根据第二请求以及通用层2地址，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
其中，在图4所示方法的第二个场景的示例三中，第二请求可以作为接收端分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址的触发条件，接收端接收到第二请求，就根据通用层2地址分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
其中，图4所示方法的第二个场景的示例三中，接收端根据通用层2地址分配第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的方式可参照图4所示方法的第二个场景的示例二中所述，不予赘述。
需要指出的是，图4所示方法的第二个场景仅以确定第二V2X业务的层2地址对为例进行了描述，发送端可参照图4所示方法的第二个场景中所述，确定除第一V2X业务之外的其他多个V2X业务的层2地址对，不予限制。
基于图4所示方法的第二个场景，可以通过发送端与接收端之间的PC5单播连接，为每个V2X业务协商一个层2地址对，保证每个频段的V2X的业务对应的层2地址对互不相同。
例如，如图5b所示，service ID1对应频段F1，service ID2对应频段F1，service ID3对应频段F2，采用图4所示方法的第二个场景所述的方式确定V2X业务的层2地址对后，service ID1、service ID2、service ID3均对应PC5单播连接，但service ID1的层2地址对为{源层2地址A1，目的层2地址B1}，service ID2的层2地址对为{源层2地址A2，目的层2地址B2}，service ID3的层2地址对为{源层2地址A3，目的层2地址B3}。
在图4所示方法的第三个场景中，在发送端根据所述第一V2X的频段，确定所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对之前，发送端需要确定第一V2X的频段是否为发送端与接收端间的可用频段，若第一V2X的频段为发送端与接收端间的可用频段，则发送端执行步骤401，即根据第一V2X的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对，反之，则不执行图4所示方法，流程结束。
其中，可用频段可以指可用于传输V2X业务的数据的频段。
示例性的，发送端可以通过发送端的AS层确定第一V2X的频段是否为发送端与接收端间的可用频段，如：发送端的AS层可以获取发送端与接收端之间的通信信息(如网络拥塞情况、频段占用率)等，根据通信信息确定第一V2X的频段是否为发送端与接收端之间的可用频段。
基于图4所示方法的第三个场景中，可以保证在可用频段上传输V2X业务的数据，保证V2X业务的正常传输。
需要说明的是，上述图4所示方法以发送端与接收端组成的一个单播对(unicast pair)为例，基于该单播对的PC5单播连接，对确定V2X业务的层2地址对以及发送V2X业务的数据的过程进行了描述。实际应用中，一个发送端可以同时与两个或者两个接收端组建多个单播对，例如，以发送端为终端1为例，终端1可以与终端2组成单播对1(终端1、终端2)，终端1还可以与终端3组成单播对2(终端1、终端3)。其中，对于任意单播对，均可以采用图4所示方法为该单播对建立PC5单播连接，且根据建立的PC5单播连接获取该单播对支持的V2X业务的层2地址对。
其中，每个单播对可以由站点标识(station ID)对标识，站点标识对可以包括源station ID和目的station ID，站点标识对还可以描述为设备标识对或者节点标识对或者模块标识对等等，不予限制。源站点标识用于唯一标识发送端，目的站点标识用于标识接收端。
其中，可以通过PC5单播连接建立过程获取单播对对应的站点标识对，如：发送端可以向接收端发送直连通信请求，该直连通信请求包括源站点标识；接收端接收直连通信请求，向发送端返回直连通信请求的响应，该直连通信请求的响应中包括目的站点标识。
存在多个单播对的情况下，不同单播对可以支持同一类型、同一频段的V2X业务，且该对应的层2地址对也可能是相同，如：相同的PSID可以存在于对应同一频段的不同PC5单播连接中，不同的站点标识对对应不同的PC5单播连接。此时，发送端仅根据PC5单播 连接的ID与PC5单播连接的层2地址间对应关系，无法确定PSID所标识的V2X业务的层2地址对具体为哪个层2地址对。
为了解决上述问题，区分V2X业务的层2地址对为哪个单播对下的层2地址对，当存在对个单播对的情况下，需要将V2X业务对应的单播对(或者站点标识对)考虑进来，如：将站点标识对、V2X的业务标识(service ID)、PC5单播连接的ID、V2X业务的频段、V2X业务的层2地址对对应起来，根据站点标识对、V2X的业务标识(service ID)、PC5单播连接的ID、V2X业务的频段、V2X业务的层2地址对将的对应关系确定V2X业务的层2地址。
例如，以V2X service ID为PSID、(源station ID1，目的station ID1)标识单播对1，(源station ID2，目的station ID2)标识单播对2为例，下表四示出了站点标识对、V2X的业务标识(service ID)、PC5单播连接的ID、V2X业务的频段、V2X业务的层2地址对间的对应关系，如表四所示，(源station ID1，目的station ID1)对应PSID1，PSID2，PC5 unicast link ID1，F1以及层2地址对1；(源station ID2，目的station ID2)对应PSID2，PSID4，PC5 unicast link ID2，F1，层2地址对2。其中，在单播对1中，PSID2所标识的V2X业务的层2地址对为层2地址对1，在单播对2中，PSID2所标识的V2X业务的层2地址对为层2地址对2。假设第一V2X业务的频段为F1、标识为PSID2，发送端可以以F1、PSID2、(源station ID1，目的station ID1)为索引查询表四，发现表四中存在与F1、PSID2、(源station ID1，目的station ID1)对应的PC5单播连接，进而以F1、PSID2、(源station ID1，目的station ID1)为索引查询表四，发现与PSID2对应的层2地址对为层2地址对1，将层2地址对1确定为第一V2X业务的层2地址对。
表四
Figure PCTCN2020085199-appb-000001
下面结合图1所示系统，以终端1向终端2传输V2X业务1的数据、V2X业务2的数据为例，对图4所示方法进行详细描述：
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程图，如图6所示，所述方法包括：
步骤601：PCF向终端1、终端2发送配置信息。
其中，PCF可以为图1中的PCF。
其中，配置信息可以包括第三对应关系，第三对应关系为V2X业务的标识与频段之间的对应关系。可选的，进一步的，配置信息还可以包括通用层2地址，以及通用层2地址与频段间的对应关系。
可替换的，通用层2地址与V2X业务的标识对应，由于一个V2X业务的标识只会属于一个频段，所以意味着与也是与频段间存在对应关系的，即V2X业务的标识、通用层2地址、频段三者存在对应关系。
具体的，V2X业务的标识与通用层2地址一一对应；(V2X业务的标识、通用层2 地址)和频段为多对一的对应关系，即多组(V2X业务的标识、通用层2地址)可以对应一个频段。
例如：PSID1对应通用层2地址1、PSID2对应通用层2地址2，PSID1和PSID2都对应频段1，则在UE1为由PSID1建立PC5单播连接时，UE1可以对端发送PSID1对应的通用层2地址1，在成功建立PC5单播连接后，UE1将PC5单播连接与频段1对应(也即PC5单播连接的层2地址对与频段1对应)。当UE1触发PSID2的业务时，由于PSID2也对应频段1，则直接使用与频段1对应的PC5单播连接。
步骤602：终端1接收PCF发送的配置信息。
进一步的，终端1可以将配置信息中的内容保存到终端1的V2X层，如：将第三对应关系保存到终端1的V2X层，还可以在配置信息包括通用层2地址，以及通用层2地址与频段间的对应关系的情况下，将通用层2地址，以及通用层2地址与频段间的对应关系保存到V2X层。
步骤603：终端2接收PCF发送的配置信息。
进一步的，终端2可以将配置信息中的内容保存到终端2的V2X层，如：将第三对应关系保存到终端2的V2X层，还可以在配置信息包括通用层2地址，以及通用层2地址与频段间的对应关系的情况下，将通用层2地址，以及通用层2地址与频段间的对应关系保存到V2X层。
步骤604：终端1的应用层触发V2X业务1，向终端1的V2X层发送V2X业务1的标识。
步骤605：终端1的V2X层接收V2X业务1的标识，根据V2X业务1的标识以及第三对应关系，确定V2X业务1的频段。
步骤606：终端1的V2X层确定不存在与V2X业务1的频段对应的PC5单播连接，终端1的V2X层获取与V2X业务1的频段对应的通用层2地址，向终端2的V2X层发送直连通信请求1、通用层2地址以及V2X业务1的源层2地址。
其中，直连通信请求1可以用于请求分配V2X业务1的目的层2地址。
其中，终端1的V2X层可以根据V2X业务1的频段以及通用层2地址与频段间的对应关系，获取V2X业务1的频段对应的通用层2地址。
其中，V2X业务1的源层2地址可以由终端1自行分配，不同频段的V2X业务的源层2地址可以相同，也可以不同。该图6所示实施例中，V2X业务1的源层2地址可以为PC5单播连接的源层2地址。
步骤607：终端2的V2X层接收直连通信请求1、通用层2地址以及V2X业务1的源层2地址，根据直连通信请求1、通用层2地址分配V2X业务1的目的层2地址。
示例性的，终端2的V2X层根据直连通信请求1、通用层2地址确定V2X业务1的目的层2地址可以包括：直连通信请求1作为终端2的V2X层分配V2X业务1的目的层2地址的触发条件，终端2的V2X层接收到直连通信请求1，就根据通用层2地址和/或直连通信请求1确定V2X业务1的频段，根据V2X业务1的频段分配V2X业务1的目的层2地址。其中，可选的，直连通信请求1可以包括V2X业务标识信息。
步骤608：终端2的V2X层向终端1的V2X层发送直连通信请求1的响应。
其中，直连通信请求1的响应包括V2X业务1的目的层2地址。
该实施例中，V2X业务1的目的层2地址可以为PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
需要说明的是，本申请各实施例中，V2X业务的源层2地址、V2X业务的目的层2地址为相对概念，均是以发送端为视角进行命名的。可选的，对于接收端而言，本申请实施例中提及的V2X业务的源层2地址为V2X业务的目的层2地址，本申请实施例提及的V2X业务的目的层2地址为V2X业务的源层2地址。
同理，PC5单播连接的源层2地址、PC5单播连接的目的层2地址为相对概念，均是以发送端为视角进行命名的。可选的，对于接收端而言，本申请实施例中提及的PC5单播连接的源层2地址为PC5单播连接的目的层2地址，本申请实施例提及的PC5单播连接的目的层2地址为PC5单播连接的源层2地址。
步骤609：终端1的V2X层接收直连通信请求1的响应。
其中，步骤606～步骤609是为V2X业务1建立PC5单播连接的过程，或者，可以描述为步骤606～步骤609是建立与V2X业务1的频段对应的PC5单播连接的过程。
在图6所示实施例中，终端1与终端2之间可以建立多条PC5单播连接，PC5单播连接与频段对应，不同的PC5单播连接可以对应不同的频段，也可以对应相同的频段。
终端1的V2X层接收到直连通信请求的响应后，可以将PC5单播连接的ID以及V2X业务1的频段间的对应关系保存到第二对应关系中。进一步的，还可以将PC5单播连接的层2地址对(如：PC5单播连接的源层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址)与PC5单播连接的ID间的对应关系保存到第二对应关系中。
其中，第二对应关系可以如前所述，可以包括PC5单播连接的ID与V2X业务的频段间的对应关系。
步骤610：终端1在终端的AS层将V2X业务1的层2地址对以及V2X业务1的频段间的对应关系保存到终端1的AS层中，如：可以将V2X业务1的层2地址对以及V2X业务1的频段间的对应关系添加到第一对应关系中。
其中，第一对应关系可以如前所述，包括V2X业务的层2地址对以及V2X业务的频段间的对应关系。
步骤611：终端1的应用层触发V2X业务2，向终端1的V2X层发送V2X业务2的标识。
步骤612：终端1的V2X层接收V2X业务2的标识，根据V2X业务2的标识以及第三对应关系，确定V2X业务2的频段。
步骤613：终端1的V2X层确定是否存在与V2X业务2的频段对应的PC5单播连接，若存在，执行步骤614，若不存在，则执行步骤615。
步骤614：终端1的V2X层将与V2X业务2的频段对应的PC5单播连接的层2地址对确定为V2X业务2的层2地址对。
例如，若V2X业务2的频段与V2X业务1的频段相同，则可以将为V2X业务1建立的PC5单播连接的层2地址对确定为V2X业务2的层2地址对。
步骤615：终端1的V2X层为V2X业务2建立PC5单播连接，获取V2X业务2的层2地址对。
其中，终端1的V2X层为V2X业务1建立PC5单播连接的过程可参照步骤606～步骤609所述的为V2X业务1建立PC5单播连接的过程，不予赘述。
步骤616：终端1的V2X层将V2X业务2的层2地址对以及V2X业务2的频段间的对应关系保存到终端1的AS层，如：可以将V2X业务2的层2地址对以及V2X业务2的频段间的对应关系添加到第一对应关系中。
步骤617：终端1的应用层生成V2X业务1的数据，向终端1的V2X层发送V2X业务1的数据。
步骤618：终端1的V2X层接收V2X业务1的数据，将V2X业务1的数据以及V2X业务1的层2地址对发送给终端1的AS层。
步骤619：终端1的AS层接收V2X业务1的数据以及V2X业务1的层2地址对，根据第一对应关系以及V2X业务1的层2地址对，获得V2X业务1的频段。
步骤620：终端1的AS层根据V2X业务1的层2地址中的目的层2地址，通过V2X业务1的频段，向V2X业务1的目的层2地址所标识的终端2发送V2X业务1的数据。
进一步可选的，终端1的AS层还向终端2发送V2X业务1的层2地址对，V2X业务1的层2地址对和V2X业务1的数据可以封装在一起，如：封装在第二数据包中发送给终端2。虽然图6中未示出，具体的，终端1的AS层可以将第二数据包向下递交给终端1的PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层以及物理层处理，将处理后的数据包发送给终端2。
需要说明的是，步骤617～步骤620仅以发送V2X业务1的数据为例进行了描述，可理解的是，还可以参照步骤617～步骤620发送V2X业务2的数据，不予赘述。
基于图6所示方法，可以为属于相同频段的多个V2X业务建立相同的PC5-S连接，为属于相同频段的V2X业务分配相同的层2地址对，后续，可以将相同频段的V2X业务打包到一起发送给接收端，避免将不同频段的V2X业务放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。当然，也可以为属于相同频段的多个V2X业务建立多个不同的PC5单播连接，并分配不同的层2地址对，但这些多个不同的PC5单播连接属于相同频段。
图6以为相同频段的V2X业务建立同一PC5单播连接，并将该PC5单播连接的层2地址对确定多个V2X业务的层2地址对为例进行了描述，又一种可行方案中，还可以通过发送端与接收端间建立的PC5单播连接，为每个V2X业务分配不同的层2地址对。具体的，该方案可参照图7所示。
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程图，如图7所示，所述方法包括：
步骤701：PCF向终端1、终端2发送配置信息。
其中，步骤701可参照步骤601所述，不予赘述。
步骤702：终端1接收PCF发送的配置信息。
其中，步骤702可参照步骤602所述，不予赘述。
步骤703：终端2接收PCF发送的配置信息。
其中，步骤703可参照步骤603所述，不予赘述。
步骤704：终端1的应用层触发V2X业务1，向终端1的V2X层发送V2X业务1的标识。
步骤705：终端1的V2X层接收V2X业务1的标识，根据V2X业务1的标识以及第三对应关系，确定V2X业务1的频段。
步骤706：终端1的V2X层确定终端1与终端2间不存在PC5单播连接，终端1的 V2X层获取与V2X业务1的频段对应的通用层2地址，向终端2的V2X层发送直连通信请求2、PC5单播连接的源层2地址和通用层2地址。
其中，直连通信请求2可以用于请求分配V2X业务1的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。直连通信请求2可以包括V2X业务1的源层2地址。进一步的，直连通信请求2还可以包括PC5单播连接的源层2地址。
其中，终端1的V2X层可以根据V2X业务1的频段以及通用层2地址与频段间的对应关系，获取V2X业务1的频段对应的通用层2地址。
其中，PC5单播连接的源层2地址、V2X业务1的源层2地址可以由终端1自行分配，不同频段的V2X业务的源层2地址可以相同，也可以不同。
步骤707：终端2的V2X层接收直连通信请求2、通用层2地址和PC5单播连接的源层2地址，根据直连通信请求2、通用层2地址分配V2X业务1的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
示例性的，终端2的V2X层根据直连通信请求2、通用层2地址确定V2X业务1的目的层2地址可以包括：直连通信请求2作为终端2的V2X层分配V2X业务1的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址的触发条件，终端2的V2X层接收到直连通信请求2，就根据通用层2地址确定V2X业务1的频段，根据V2X业务1的频段分配V2X业务1的目的层2地址和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
步骤708：终端2的V2X层向终端1的V2X层发送直连通信请求2的响应和PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
其中，直连通信请求2的响应可以包括V2X业务1的目的层2地址。进一步的，直连通信请求2的响应还可以包括PC5单播连接的目的层2地址。
步骤709：终端1的V2X层接收直连通信请求2的响应。
其中，步骤707～步骤709为建立终端1与终端2之间的PC5单播连接的过程。
在图7所示实施例中，终端1与终端2之间仅建立一条PC5单播连接即可。
终端1的V2X层接收到直连通信请求的响应后，可以将PC5单播连接的ID与PC5单播连接的层2地址对对应保存起来。
步骤710：终端1在终端的AS层将V2X业务1的层2地址对以及V2X业务1的频段间的对应关系保存到终端1的AS层中，如：可以将V2X业务1的层2地址对以及V2X业务1的频段间的对应关系添加到第一对应关系中。
其中，第一对应关系可以如前所述，包括V2X业务的层2地址对以及V2X业务的频段间的对应关系。
步骤711：终端1的应用层触发V2X业务2，向终端1的V2X层发送V2X业务2的标识。
步骤712：终端1的V2X层接收V2X业务2的标识，根据V2X业务2的标识以及第三对应关系，确定V2X业务2的频段。
步骤713：终端1的V2X层确定终端1与终端2之间存在PC5单播连接，通过PC5单播连接与终端2协商V2X业务2的层2地址对。
其中，终端1的V2X层通过PC5单播连接与终端2协商V2X业务2的层2地址对，可以包括：终端1的V2X层向终端2的V2X层发送第三请求和所述PC5单播连接的层2 地址对，所述第三请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且所述第三请求包括所述第一V2X业务的源层2地址。第三请求的名称不受限制，第三请求可以命名为参数协商请求或者其他名称，不予限制；
终端2接收第三请求和PC5单播连接的层2地址对，根据第三请求和PC5单播连接的层2地址对，分配V2X业务2的目的层2地址，并向终端1发送第三请求的响应；其中，第三请求的响应包括V2X业务2的目的层2地址；
终端1接收来自终端2的第三请求的响应。
步骤714：终端1的V2X层将V2X业务2的层2地址对以及V2X业务2的频段间的对应关系保存到终端1的AS层，如：可以将V2X业务2的层2地址对以及V2X业务2的频段间的对应关系添加到第一对应关系中。
步骤715：终端1的应用层生成V2X业务1的数据，向终端1的V2X层发送V2X业务1的数据。
步骤716：终端1的V2X层接收V2X业务1的数据，将V2X业务1的数据以及V2X业务1的层2地址对发送给终端1的AS层。
步骤717：终端1的AS层接收V2X业务1的数据以及V2X业务1的层2地址对，根据第一对应关系以及V2X业务1的层2地址对，获得V2X业务1的频段。
步骤718：终端1的AS层根据V2X业务1的层2地址中的目的层2地址，通过V2X业务1的频段，向V2X业务1的目的层2地址所标识的终端2发送V2X业务1的数据。
进一步可选的，终端1的AS层还向终端2发送V2X业务1的层2地址对，V2X业务1的层2地址对和V2X业务1的数据可以封装在一起，如：封装在第二数据包中发送给终端2。虽然图7中未示出，具体的，终端1的AS层可以将第二数据包向下递交给终端1的PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层以及物理层处理，将处理后的数据包发送给终端2。
需要说明的是，步骤715～步骤718仅以发送V2X业务1的数据为例进行了描述，可理解的是，还可以参照步骤715～步骤718发送V2X业务2的数据，不予赘述。
基于图7所示方法，可以通过终端之间建立的的PC5单播连接，为每个频段的V2X业务分配不同的层2地址对，并将层2地址对与V2X业务对应的频段关联起来，后续，在发送V2X业务的数据时，可以将不同频段的V2X业务区分开来在不同频段上发送，避免将不同频段的V2X业务放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
上述图4～图7所示方法，仅以根据V2X业务的频段，通过PC5单播通信的建立为V2X业务配置层2地址对，并通过配置的层2地址对，在V2X业务对应的频段上发送V2X业务的数据为例进行了介绍，在又一种方案中，还可以通过为相同频段、相同QoS要求的V2X业务建立同一QoS flow，通过同一QoS flow传输相同频段、相同QoS要求的V2X业务，以避免将不同频段的V2X业务的数据混淆到一起发送出去。具体的，该方法可参照图8所示。
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程图，如图8所示，该方法可以包括：
步骤801：发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第一V2X业务的QoS flow。
其中，发送端可以为图1中通过PC5口向其他终端发送第一V2X业务的数据任一终 端，如：发送端可以为图1中的终端1。需要指出的是，发送端与接收端相对，接收端可以为通过PC5口接收发送端发送的V2X业务的任一终端，例如，当发送端为图1中的终端1时，接收端可以为图1中的终端2或者终端3等。
其中，第一V2X业务的频段的相关描述以及第一V2X业务的频段的确定方法可参照步骤401中所述，不再赘述。如：发送端可以根据第三对应关系以及第一V2X业务的标识，确定第一V2X业务的频段，第三对应关系为V2X业务的标识以及频段间的对应关系，第三对应关系可以由PCF配置给发送端。
其中，第一V2X业务的QoS要求可以包括第一V2X业务的时延要求、速率要求等等。
为避免将不同频段的V2X业务的数据混淆到一起发送出去，以第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段，第一V2X的QoS要求为第一QoS要求为例，第一V2X业务的QoS flow与除第一频段和第一QoS要求对应的V2X业务之外的V2X业务的QoS flow不同。
示例性的，发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第一V2X业务的QoS flow可以包括：当发送端与接收端间存在与第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow时，发送端将与第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow确定为第一V2X业务的QoS flow；或者，
当发送端与接收端间不存在与第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow时，发送端为第一V2X业务建立第一V2X业务的QoS flow。
其中，以第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段，第一V2X的QoS要求为第一QoS要求为例，发送端为第一V2X业务建立第一V2X业务的QoS flow的过程可以包括：发送端向接收端发送第四请求；其中，第四请求可以用于请求第一QoS flow的相关参数，第一QoS flow可以用于传输频段为第一频段、且QoS要求为第一QoS要求的V2X业务的数据；
接收端接收第四请求，获取第一QoS flow的相关参数；
发送端接收来自接收端的第四请求的响应；其中，一种可能的方式是，第四请求中的第一QoS flow的相关参数包括第一QoS flow的标识(如：PC5服务质量流标识(PC5 QoS flow identifier，PQFI)、PC5服务质量标识(PC5 QoS identifier，PQI)等参数，接收端接受所述第一QoS flow的建立，则保存第一QoS flow的标识、PQI等参数，同时返回第四请求的响应，所述第四请求的响应用于指示接收端接受所述第一QoS flow的建立，或者说，第四请求的响应用于指示所述第一QoS flow建立成功。
又一种可能的设计中，第四请求中的第一QoS flow的相关参数包括多个自动驾驶等级等参数，每个自动驾驶等级等级对应一种QoS要求，接收端接受所述第一QoS flow的建立，从从多个自动驾驶等级中选择等级较高的自动驾驶等级，同时返回第四请求的响应，所述第四请求的响应包括接收端选择的等级较高的自动驾驶等级，第四请求的响应用于指示接收端接受所述第一QoS flow的建立，或者说，第四请求的响应用于指示所述第一QoS flow建立成功。
其中，第四请求的名称不受限制，第四请求可以命名为参数协商请求或者其他名称的请求，不予限制。
其中，接收端获取的第一QoS flow的相关参数可以包括第一QoS flow的标识、PQI等。
进一步的，以第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段，第一V2X的QoS要求为第一QoS 要求为例，发送端可以将第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识与第一频段、第一QoS要求对应保存到发送端的V2X层。
进一步的，发送端还可以通过发送端的V2X层向发送端的接入层发送第四对应关系，第四对应关系为V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系，如：第四对应关系可以包括第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及第一V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系；发送端在接入层保存第四对应关系。
步骤802：发送端通过第一V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
示例性的，发送端通过第一V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据可以包括：发送端的应用层生成第一V2X业务的数据，并向发送端的V2X层发送第一数据包，第一数据包包括第一V2X业务的数据，还可以包括第一V2X业务的标识；
发送端的V2X层接收到第一数据包，第一数据包携带第一V2X业务的数据时，发送端在V2X层将第一V2X业务的数据过滤到第一V2X业务的QoS flow中；
发送端的V2X层向发送端的接入层发送第一V2X业务的数据、第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识和第一V2X业务的层2地址对；
发送端的接入层接收第一V2X业务的数据、第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识和第一V2X业务的层2地址对，发送端的接入层根据第四对应关系以及第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识，获得第一V2X业务的频段；
发送端的接入层根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对中的目的层2地址，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据；其中，第一V2X业务的QoS flow包括第一V2X业务的数据。
其中，发送端在发送端的V2X层将第一V2X业务的数据过滤到第一V2X业务的QoS flow中可以包括：发送端的V2X层根据第三对应关系以及第一V2X业务的标识确定第一V2X业务的频段，再根据QoS flow的标识、V2X业务的频段以及V2X业务的QoS要求间的对应关系，以及第一V2X业务的频段、第一V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第一V2X业务对应的QoS flow，将第一V2X业务的数据过滤到第一V2X业务的QoS flow中。
需要说明的是，图8仅以发送第一V2X业务的数据为例进行了说明，可理解的是，参照图8所示方法，可以向接收端发送多个V2X业务的数据。
例如，以发送端向接收端发送第二V2X业务的数据为例，所述方法还包括：发送端根据第二V2X业务的频段以及第二V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第二V2X业务的QoS flow；
其中，若第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段不同和/或第一V2X业务的QoS要求与第二V2X业务的QoS要求不同，第一V2X业务的QoS flow与第二V2X业务的QoS flow不同；若第一V2X业务的频段与第二V2X业务的频段相同、且第一V2X业务的QoS要求与第二V2X业务的QoS要求相同，则第一V2X业务的QoS flow与第二V2X业务的QoS flow相同。
基于图8所示方法，可以为相同频段、且相同QoS要求的V2X业务建立相同的QoS flow，后续，可以将相同频段、且相同QoS要求的V2X业务的数据过滤到同一QoS flow发送给接收端，避免将不同频段、且QoS要求不同的V2X业务的数据放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
例如，存在V2X业务1对应(频段F1、QoS要求1)、V2X业务2对应(频段F1，QoS要求1)、V2X业务3对应(频段F2，QoS要求2)以及V2X业务4对应(频段F2，QoS要求3)。初始阶段，当发端的V2X layer触发V2X业务1时，发现不存在与F1、QoS要求1对应的QoS flow，则请求建立与F1、QoS要求1对应的QoS flow1，即建立V2X业务1的QoS flow1，建立完成后，保存QoS flow1、F1、QoS要求1间的对应关系，后续，当发端的V2X layer触发V2X业务2时，发现存在与F1、QoS要求1对应的QoS flow1，则将QoS flow1作为V2X业务2的QoS flow。同理，建立与F2、QoS要求2对应的QoS flow2，将QoS flow2作为V2X业务3、V2X业务4的QoS flow。建立V2X业务的QoS flow后，V2X layer层会将V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段间的对应关系告知AS。
进一步的，当发端的V2X layer需要向发端发送V2X业务1的数据、V2X业务2的数据、V2X业务3的数据、V2X业务4的数据时，V2X layer将V2X业务1的数据、V2X业务2的数据过滤(或者映射)到QoS flow1中，然后将QoS flow1中的数据、QoS flow1的标识下发给AS层，AS层根据QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段间的对应关系以及QoS flow1的标识，确定在频段F1向对对端发送QoS flow1中的数据。
将V2X业务3的数据、V2X业务3的数据过滤到QoS flow2中，然后将QoS flow2中的数据、QoS flow2的标识下发给AS层，AS层根据QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段间的对应关系以及QoS flow2的标识，确定在频段F2向对对端发送QoS flow1中的数据。
下面结合图1所示系统，以终端1向终端2传输V2X业务1的数据、V2X业务2的数据为例，对图8所示方法进行详细描述：
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程图，如图9所示，所述方法包括：
步骤901：PCF向终端1、终端2发送配置信息。
其中，步骤901可参照步骤601所述，不予赘述。
步骤902：终端1接收PCF发送的配置信息。
其中，步骤902可参照步骤602所述，不予赘述。
步骤903：终端2接收PCF发送的配置信息。
其中，步骤903可参照步骤603所述，不予赘述。
步骤904：终端1的应用层触发V2X业务1，向终端1的V2X层发送V2X业务1的标识。
步骤905：终端1的V2X层接收V2X业务1的标识，根据V2X业务1的标识以及第三对应关系，确定V2X业务1的频段。
步骤906：终端1的V2X层确定不存在与V2X业务1的频段、V2X业务1的QoS要求对应的QoS flow，终端1的V2X层获取与V2X业务1的频段对应的通用层2地址，向终端2的V2X层发送直连通信请求3、通用层2地址以及V2X业务1的源层2地址。
其中，直连通信请求3可以用于请求与V2X业务1的频段、V2X业务1的QoS要求对应的QoS flow的相关参数，还可以用于请求V2X业务1的目的层2地址。直连通信请求3可以包括V2X业务1的标识。
进一步的，终端1的V2X层还可以向终端2的V2X层发送需要协商的QoS flow的相关参数，以便终端2的V2X层根据终端1的V2X层发送的需要协商的QoS flow的相关参 数，为与V2X业务1的频段、V2X业务1的QoS要求对应的QoS flow分配相关参数等。
其中，终端1的V2X层可以根据V2X业务1的频段以及通用层2地址与频段间的对应关系，获取V2X业务1的频段对应的通用层2地址。
步骤907：终端2的V2X层接收直连通信请求3、通用层2地址以及V2X业务1的源层2地址，根据直连通信请求3、通用层2地址，分配V2X业务1的QoS flow的相关参数以及V2X业务1的目的层2地址。
其中，终端2的V2X层分配的V2X业务1的QoS flow的相关参数可以包括V2X业务1的QoS flow的标识(QoS flow identifier，QFID)。
示例性的，终端2的V2X层根据直连通信请求31、通用层2地址分配V2X业务1的QoS flow的相关参数可以包括：直连通信请求3作为终端2的V2X层分配V2X业务1的QoS flow的相关参数的触发条件，终端2的V2X层接收到直连通信请求3，就根据通用层2地址确定V2X业务1的频段，根据V2X业务1的频段以及V2X业务1的QoS要求分配V2X业务1的QoS flow的相关参数。
步骤908：终端2的V2X层向终端1的V2X层发送直连通信请求3的响应。
其中，直连通信请求3的响应包括V2X业务1的QoS flow的相关参数以及V2X业务1的目的层2地址。
步骤909：终端1的V2X层接收直连通信请求3的响应。
其中，步骤906～步骤909是为V2X业务1建立QoS flow的过程，或者，可以描述为步骤906～步骤909是建立与V2X业务1的频段、V2X业务1的QoS要求对应的QoS flow的过程。
在图9所示实施例中，可以建立多条QoS flow，QoS flow与频段、QoS要求对应，每条QoS flow对应的频段、QoS要求不同。
终端1的V2X层接收到直连通信请求3的响应后，可以将V2X业务1的QoS flow的ID以及V2X业务1的频段、QoS要求间的对应关系保存起来。
步骤910：终端1在终端的AS层将V2X业务1的QoS flow的ID以及V2X业务1的频段间对应关系保存到终端1的AS层中，如：可以将V2X业务1的QoS flow的ID以及V2X业务1的频段间对应关系添加到第四对应关系中。
其中，第四对应关系可以如前所述，可以包括V2X业务的频段以及V2X业务的QoS flow的ID间的对应关系。
步骤911：终端1的应用层触发V2X业务2，向终端1的V2X层发送V2X业务2的标识。
步骤912：终端1的V2X层接收V2X业务2的标识，根据V2X业务2的标识以及第三对应关系，确定V2X业务2的频段。
步骤913：终端1的V2X层确定是否存在与V2X业务2的频段、V2X业务2的QoS要求对应的QoS flow，若存在，执行步骤914，若不存在，则执行步骤915。
步骤914：终端1的V2X层将与V2X业务2的频段、V2X业务2的QoS要求对应的QoS flow确定为V2X业务2的QoS flow。
例如，若V2X业务2的频段与V2X业务1的频段相同，V2X业务2的QoS要求与V2X业务1的QoS要求相同，则可以将为V2X业务1建立的QoS flow确定为V2X业务2 的QoS flow，即V2X业务2的QoS flow、V2X业务1的QoS flow为同一QoS flow。
步骤915：终端1的V2X层为V2X业务2建立QoS flow，获取V2X业务2的QoS flow的相关参数。
其中，终端1的V2X层为V2X业务1建立QoS flow的过程可参照步骤906～步骤909所述的为V2X业务1建立QoS flow的过程，不予赘述。
步骤916：终端1的V2X层将V2X业务2的QoS flow的ID以及V2X业务2的频段间对应关系保存到终端1的AS层中，如：可以将V2X业务2的QoS flow的ID以及V2X业务2的频段间对应关系添加到第四对应关系中。
步骤917：终端1的应用层生成V2X业务1的数据，向终端1的V2X层发送第一数据包，第一数据包包括V2X业务1的数据。
步骤918：终端1的V2X层接收第一数据包，终端1在V2X层将V2X业务1的数据过滤到V2X业务1的QoS flow中。
步骤919：终端1的V2X层向终端1的AS层发送第二数据包，第二数据包包括V2X业务1的数据、V2X业务1的QoS flow的标识和V2X业务1的层2地址对。
步骤920：终端1的AS层接收第二数据包，终端1的AS层根据第四对应关系以及V2X业务1的QoS flow的标识，获得V2X业务1的频段。
步骤921：终端1的接入层根据V2X业务1的层2地址对中的目的层2地址，通过V2X业务1的频段向终端2发送V2X业务1的数据。
其中，V2X业务1的QoS flow包括V2X业务1的数据。
需要说明的是，步骤917～步骤921仅以发送V2X业务1的数据为例进行了描述，可理解的是，还可以参照步骤917～步骤921发送V2X业务2的数据，不予赘述。
基于图9所示方法，可以为相同频段、且相同QoS要求的V2X业务建立相同的QoS flow，后续，可以将相同频段、且相同QoS要求的V2X业务过滤到同一QoS flow发送给接收端，避免将不同频段、且QoS要求不同的V2X业务放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
需要指出的是，上述图4-图9所示实施例仅以终端与终端之间的单播通信为例，对确定不同频段的V2X业务的层2地址对以及发送V2X业务的数据为例进行了描述。实际应用中，终端与终端之间还可以进行广播通信或者组播通信。其中，广播通信、组播通信场景下，可参照图8～图9所示方法为不同频段的V2X业务的数据创建QoS flow，将V2X业务的数据过滤到相应的QoS flow上发送出去，避免相同频段的V2X业务的数据混淆到一起发送给接收端，保证了V2X业务的数据的传输可靠性。下面以传输第一V2X业务为例对广播通信和多播通信场景的处理过程进行描述：
一、广播通信
发送端的应用层触发第一V2X业务后，发送端的应用层向发送端的V2X层发送第一V2X业务的数据、第一V2X业务的标识以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求；
发送端的V2X层接收第一V2X业务的数据、第一V2X业务的标识以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求，如果发送端的V2X层确定不存在与第一V2X业务的频段、第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow，则为第一V2X业务的数据创建QoS flow，如：获取PQI、QoS流标识等；如果发送端的V2X层确定存在与第一V2X业务的频段、第一V2X业务的 QoS要求对应的QoS flow，则通过所述QoS flow发送第一V2X业务的数据。
广播通信下，其他多个V2X业务的发送过程可参照广播通信下第一V2X业务的发送过程，不予赘述。
需要说明的是，为第一V2X业务的数据创建QoS flow还可以描述为：为第一V2X业务的创建QoS flow或者确定第一V2X业务的QoS flow，或者，为第一V2X业务建立第一V2X业务的QoS flow等等，不予限制。
其中，对于广播通信，每个V2X业务都会对应一个层2广播地址，V2X业务的标识和V2X业务的层2广播地址的对应关系由PCF配置给发送端。另外，PCF也会将V2X业务的标识和V2X业务的频段的对应关系发给发送端，则发送端可以根据V2X业务的标识和V2X业务的层2广播地址的对应关系、V2X业务的标识和V2X业务的频段的对应关系，获取V2X业务的层2广播地址和V2X业务的频段间的对应关系，并将V2X业务的层2广播地址和V2X业务的频段间的对应关系下发给发送端的AS层；相应的，发送端的AS保存V2X业务的层2广播地址和V2X业务的频段间的对应关系。
后续，发送端由发送端的AS层通过所述QoS flow发送第一V2X业务的数据时，可以根据V2X业务的层2广播地址和V2X业务的频段间的对应关系，根据V2X业务的层2广播地址，在第一V2X业务的频段上通过所述QoS flow发送第一V2X业务的数据。
二、组播通信
发送端的应用层触发第一V2X业务后，发送端的应用层向发送端的V2X层发送第一V2X业务的数据、第一V2X业务的标识、第一V2X业务的组播(Group)标识以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求；
发送端的V2X层接收第一V2X业务的数据、第一V2X业务的标识以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求，如果发送端的V2X层确定不存在与第一V2X业务的频段、第一V2X业务的Group标识、第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow，则为所述第一V2X业务的数据创建QoS flow，如：获取VQI、QoS流标识等；如果发送端的V2X层确定存在与第一V2X业务的频段、第一V2X业务的Group标识、第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow，则通过所述QoS flow发送第一V2X业务的数据。
组播通信下，其他多个V2X业务的发送过程可参照组播通信下第一V2X业务的发送过程，不予赘述。
其中，对于组播通信，一种可能的设计中，每个Group都会对应一个层2组播地址，所述Group的层2组播地址可以由发送端的应用层分配、或发送端的V2X层分配，或PCF配置给发送端。另外，发送端的V2X层可以将Group的层2组播地址和V2X的业务的频段的对应关系发给AS层；相应的，AS保存Group的层2组播地址和V2X的业务的频段的对应关系。其中，一个Group中V2X业务属于一个频段。
又一种可能的设计中，每个Group都会对应一个或多个层2组播地址，每个层2组播地址和V2X的业务的频段一一对应，所述Group的层2组播地址可以由发送端的应用层分配、或发送端的V2X层分配，或PCF配置给发送端。另外，发送端的V2X层可以将Group的每个层2组播地址和频段的对应关系发给AS层；相应的，AS保存Group的每个层2组播地址和V2X的业务的频段的对应关系。其中，一个Group中V2X业务属于一个频段。
后续，发送端由发送端的AS层通过所述QoS flow发送第一V2X业务的数据时，可以根据层2组播地址和V2X的业务的频段的对应关系，根据层2组播地址，在第一V2X业务的频段上通过所述QoS flow发送第一V2X业务的数据。
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，各个网元，例如发送端、接收端等为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发送端、接收端进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要指出的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置100的组成示意图，该通信装置100可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。如图10所示，该通信装置100可以包括：确定单元1001、发送单元1002。
一种可能的设计中，确定单元1001，用于根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的第一V2X业务的层2地址对，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第一V2X业务的频段对应。例如，确定单元1001可以用于支持通信装置100执行步骤401。
发送单元1002，用于根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。例如，发送单元1002可以用于支持通信装置100执行步骤402。
具体的，该可能的设计中，上述图4～图7所示方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。该可能的设计中所述的通信装置100用于执行图4～图7所示通信方法中发送端的功能，因此可以达到与上述通信方法相同的效果。
又一种可能的设计中，确定单元1001，用于根据第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第一V2X业务的QoS flow；例如，确定单元1001可以用于支持通信装置100执行步骤801。
发送单元1002，用于通过第一V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。例如，发送单元1002可以用于支持通信装置100执行步骤802。
具体的，该又一种可能的设计中，上述图8～图9所示方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。又一种可能的设计中所述的通信装置100用于执行图8～图9所示通信方法中发送端的功能，因此可以达到与上述通信方法相同的效果。
需要说明的是，作为再一种可实现方式，图10所示通信装置100可以包括：处理模 块和通信模块。处理模块可以集成确定单元1001的功能，通信模块可以集成发送单的功能。处理模块用于对通信装置100的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理模块用于支持该通信装置100执行步骤401、步骤801以及执行本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信模块用于支持通信装置100执行步骤402、步骤802等以及与其他网络实体的通信。进一步的，图10所示通信装置100还可以包括存储模块，用于存储通信装置100的程序代码和数据。
其中，处理模块可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块可以是收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块可以是存储器。当处理模块为处理器，通信模块为通信接口，存储模块为存储器时，图10所示通信装置100可以为图3所示通信装置。
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置110的组成示意图，该通信装置110可以为接收端或者接收端中的芯片或者片上系统。如图11所示，该通信装置110可以包括：接收单元1101、分配单元1102、发送单元1003；
接收单元1101，用于接收来自发送端的用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址；
分配单元1102，用于根据第一请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2标识；
发送单元1003，用于向发送端发送第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
具体的，上述图4～图9所示方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。又一种可能的设计中所述的通信装置110用于执行图4～图9所示通信方法中接收端的功能，因此可以达到与上述通信方法相同的效果。
作为又一种可实现方式，图11所示通信装置110可以包括：处理模块和通信模块。通信模块可以集成接收单元1101、发送单元1003的功能。处理模块用于对通信装置110的动作进行控制管理，集成分配单元1102的功能。例如，处理模块用于支持该通信装置110执行本文中接收端所执行的过程。通信模块用于支持通信装置110与其他网络实体的通信。进一步的，图11所示通信装置110还可以包括存储模块，用于存储通信装置110的程序代码和数据。
其中，处理模块可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块可以是收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块可以是存储器。当处理模块为处理器，通信模块为通信接口，存储模块为存储器时，图11所示通信装置110可以为图3所示通信装置。
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的组成示意图，如图12所示，该通信系统可以包括发送端120以及接收端121。发送端120与接收端121之间可以直连通信，如：通过PC5口通信等。
其中，发送端120的功能与通信装置100的功能相同。
一种示例中，发送端120，用于根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的第一V2X业务的层2地址对，根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对，通过第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据；第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第一V2X业务的频段对应。
在该示例中，接收端121，可以用于接收来自发送端的用于请求第一V2X业务的目的层2地址的第一请求和第一V2X业务的源层2地址，根据第一请求，分配第一V2X业务的目的层2标识，向发送端发送第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
又一种示例中，发送端120，用于根据第一V2X业务的频段以及第一V2X业务的QoS要求，确定第一V2X业务的QoS flow，通过第一V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据。
基于图12所示系统，发送端120可以根据V2X业务的频段确定V2X业务的层2地址对，后续，保证在V2X业务的频段上，根据V2X业务的层2地址对发送V2X业务的数据，避免将不同频段的V2X业务放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。或者，发送端120可以为相同频段、且相同QoS要求的V2X业务建立相同的QoS flow，后续，可以将相同频段、且相同QoS要求的V2X业务的数据过滤到同一QoS flow发送给接收端，避免将不同频段、且QoS要求不同的V2X业务的数据放到一起发送给发送端，导致V2X业务接收失败或者接收不准确的问题。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述模块或单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机，芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (34)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    发送端根据第一车联网V2X业务的频段，确定所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对，所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对包括所述第一V2X业务的源层2地址和所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对与所述第一V2X业务的频段对应；
    所述发送端根据所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对，通过所述第一V2X业务的频段向接收端发送所述第一V2X业务的数据。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段，所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对与除所述第一频段对应的V2X业务之外的V2X业务的层2地址对不同。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述发送端根据第二V2X业务的频段，确定所述第二V2X业务的层2地址对；
    其中，所述第一V2X业务的频段与所述第二V2X业务的频段不同，所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对与所述第二V2X业务的层2地址对不同。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送端根据第一V2X业务的频段，确定所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对，包括：
    所述发送端通过所述发送端的V2X层向所述发送端的接入层发送第一对应关系，所述第一对应关系包括V2X业务的层2地址对以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系；
    所述方法还包括：所述发送端在所述接入层保存所述第一对应关系。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送端根据所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对，通过所述V2X业务的频段向接收端发送所述第一V2X业务的数据，包括：
    当所述发送端在所述接入层接收到第一数据包，所述第一数据包携带所述第一V2X业务的数据和所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对时，所述发送端根据所述第一对应关系以及所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对，获得所述第一V2X业务的频段；
    所述发送端在所述接入层根据所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对中的目的层2地址，通过所述第一V2X业务的频段向所述接收端发送所述第一V2X业务的数据。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送端根据所述第一V2X业务的频段，确定所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对，包括：
    当所述发送端与所述接收端间存在所述第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，所述发送端将所述PC5单播连接的层2地址对作为所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对；或者，
    当所述发送端与所述接收端间不存在所述第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，所述发送端向所述接收端发送第一请求和所述第一V2X业务的源层2地址，所述第一请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；所述发送端接收来自所述接收端的所述第一请求的响应和所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；或者，
    当所述发送端与所述接收端间不存在所述第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接时，所述发送端向所述接收端发送第一请求和所述第一V2X业务的源层2地址，所述第一请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且所述第一请求包括所述第一V2X业务的源层2地址；所述发送端接收来自所述接收端的所述第一请求的响应和所述第一V2X 业务的目的层2地址，且所述第一请求的响应包括所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述发送端根据所述第一V2X业务的频段以及第二对应关系，确定所述发送端与所述接收端间是否存在与所述第一V2X业务的频段对应的PC5单播连接；所述第二对应关系为PC5单播连接的标识与频段间的对应关系。
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    所述发送端向所述接收端发送通用层2地址；其中，所述通用层2地址用于所述接收端识别所述第一V2X业务的频段。
  9. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送端根据所述第一V2X业务的频段，确定所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对，包括：
    当所述发送端与所述接收端间存在PC5单播连接时，所述发送端通过所述PC5单播连接与所述接收端协商所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对；或者，
    当所述发送端与所述接收端间不存在PC5单播连接时，所述发送端向所述接收端发送第二请求和所述PC5单播连接的源层2地址，所述第二请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且所述第二请求包括所述V2X业务的源层2地址；所述发送端接收来自所述接收端的所述第二请求的响应和所述PC5单播连接的目的层2地址，所述第二请求的响应包括所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；或者，
    当所述发送端与所述接收端间不存在PC5单播连接时，所述发送端向所述接收端发送第二请求和所述PC5单播连接的源层2地址，所述第二请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且所述第二请求包括所述PC5单播连接的源层2地址和所述V2X业务的源层2地址；所述发送端接收来自所述接收端的所述第二请求的响应和所述PC5单播连接的目的层2地址，所述第二请求的响应包括所述PC5单播连接的目的层2地址和所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送端通过所述PC5单播连接与所述接收端协商所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对，包括：
    所述发送端向所述接收端发送第三请求和所述PC5单播连接的层2地址对，所述第三请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，且所述第三请求包括所述第一V2X业务的源层2地址；
    所述发送端接收来自所述接收端的所述第三请求的响应，所述第三请求的响应包括所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
  11. 根据权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述发送端根据所述第一V2X业务的标识以及第三对应关系，确定所述第一V2X业务的频段；其中，所述第三对应关系为V2X业务的标识与频段的对应关系。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述发送端接收来自策略控制网元的所述第三对应关系。
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送端根据所述第一V2X的频段，确定所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对，包括：
    当所述第一V2X的频段为所述发送端与所述接收端间的可用频段时，所述发送端根据所述第一V2X的频段，确定所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对。
  14. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    接收端接收来自发送端的第一请求和第一车联网V2X业务的源层2地址；其中，所述第一请求用于请求所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；
    所述接收端根据所述第一请求，分配所述第一V2X业务的目的层2标识；
    所述接收端向所述发送端发送所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，所述接收端向所述发送端发送所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，包括：所述接收端向所述发送端发送所述第一请求的响应；其中，所述第一请求的响应包括所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；或者，
    所述接收端向所述发送端发送所述第一请求的响应和所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址；其中，所述第一请求的响应包括所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一请求包括所述第一V2X业务的标识；所述接收端根据所述第一请求，分配所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，包括：
    所述接收端根据所述第一V2X业务的标识，以及V2X业务的标识与频段间的对应关系，确定所述第一V2X业务的频段；
    所述接收端根据所述第一V2X业务的频段，分配所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
  17. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一请求包括通用层2地址；所述接收端根据所述第一请求，分配所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，包括：
    所述接收端根据所述通用层2地址，确定所述第一V2X业务的频段；
    所述接收端根据所述第一V2X业务的频段，分配所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
  18. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述接收端接收来自所述发送端的通用层2地址；所述接收端根据所述第一请求，分配所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，包括：
    所述接收端根据所述第一请求以及所述通用层2地址，分配所述第一V2X业务的目的层2地址。
  19. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    发送端根据第一车联网V2X业务的频段以及所述第一V2X业务的服务质量QoS要求，确定所述第一V2X业务的服务质量流QoS flow；
    所述发送端通过所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送所述第一V2X业务的数据。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一V2X业务的频段为第一频段，所述第一V2X的QoS要求为第一QoS要求，所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow与除所述第一频段和所述第一QoS要求对应的V2X业务之外的V2X业务的QoS flow不同。
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述发送端根据第二V2X业务的频段以及所述第二V2X业务的QoS要求，确定所述第二V2X业务的QoS flow；
    其中，所述第一V2X业务的频段与所述第二V2X业务的频段不同和/或所述第一V2X业务的QoS要求与所述第二V2X业务的QoS要求不同，所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow与所述第二V2X业务的QoS flow不同。
  22. 根据权利要求19-21任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送端通过所述V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送所述V2X业务的数据，包括：
    所述发送端通过所述发送端的V2X层向所述发送端的接入层发送第四对应关系，所述第四对应关系为V2X业务的QoS flow的标识以及V2X业务的频段之间的对应关系；
    所述方法还包括：所述发送端在所述接入层保存所述第四对应关系。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送端通过所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow，向接收端发送所述第一V2X业务的数据，包括：
    当所述发送端在所述V2X层接收到第一数据包，所述第一数据包携带所述第一V2X业务的数据时，所述发送端在所述V2X层将所述第一V2X业务的数据过滤到所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow中；
    所述发送端在所述V2X层向所述接入层发送第二数据包，所述第二数据包包括所述第一V2X业务的数据、所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识和所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对；
    所述发送端在所述接入层根据所述第四对应关系以及所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow的标识，获得所述第一V2X业务的频段；
    所述发送端在所述接入层根据所述第一V2X业务的层2地址对中的目的层2地址，通过所述第一V2X业务的频段向所述接收端发送所述第一V2X业务的数据；其中，所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow包括所述第一V2X业务的数据。
  24. 根据权利要求19-23任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送端根据所述第一V2X业务的频段和所述第一V2X业务的QoS要求，确定所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow，包括：
    当所述发送端与所述接收端间存在与所述第一V2X业务的频段以及所述第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow时，所述发送端将与所述第一V2X业务的频段以及所述第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow确定为所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow；或者，
    当所述发送端与所述接收端间不存在与所述第一V2X业务的频段以及所述第一V2X业务的QoS要求对应的QoS flow时，所述发送端为所述第一V2X业务建立所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow。
  25. 根据权利要求19-24任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述发送端根据所述第一V2X业务的标识以及第三对应关系，确定所述第一V2X业务的频段；其中，所述第三对应关系为V2X业务的标识与频段的对应关系。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述发送端接收来自策略控制网元的所述第三对应关系。
  27. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器用于执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的通信方法中发送端所执行的动作。
  28. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的通信方法。
  29. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器用于执行如权利要求14-18任一项所述的通信方法中接收端所执行的动作。
  30. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求14-18任一项所述的通信方法。
  31. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器用于执行如权利要求19-26任一项所述的通信方法中发送端所执行的动作。
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求19-26任一项所述的通信方法。
  33. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统包括：发送端以及接收端；
    所述发送端，用于根据第一车联网V2X业务的频段，确定第一V2X业务的层2地址对，根据第一V2X业务的层2地址对，通过第一V2X业务的频段向所述接收端发送第一V2X业务的数据；
    第一V2X业务的层2地址对包括第一V2X业务的源层2地址和第一V2X业务的目的层2地址，第一V2X业务的层2地址对与第一V2X业务的频段对应。
  34. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统包括：发送端以及接收端；
    所述发送端，用于根据第一车联网V2X业务的频段以及所述第一V2X业务的服务质量QoS要求，确定所述第一V2X业务的服务质量流QoS flow，通过所述第一V2X业务的QoS flow，向所述接收端发送所述第一V2X业务的数据。
PCT/CN2020/085199 2019-05-07 2020-04-16 一种通信方法及装置 Ceased WO2020224412A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP20802268.1A EP3965501A4 (en) 2019-05-07 2020-04-16 Communication method and device
MX2021013533A MX2021013533A (es) 2019-05-07 2020-04-16 Metodo de comunicacion y aparato de comunicaciones.
US17/520,104 US12082039B2 (en) 2019-05-07 2021-11-05 Communication method and communications apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910376986.5 2019-05-07
CN201910376986.5A CN111918237B (zh) 2019-05-07 2019-05-07 一种通信方法及装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/520,104 Continuation US12082039B2 (en) 2019-05-07 2021-11-05 Communication method and communications apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020224412A1 true WO2020224412A1 (zh) 2020-11-12

Family

ID=73051431

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/085199 Ceased WO2020224412A1 (zh) 2019-05-07 2020-04-16 一种通信方法及装置

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US12082039B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3965501A4 (zh)
CN (2) CN114900818A (zh)
MX (1) MX2021013533A (zh)
WO (1) WO2020224412A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4266718A4 (en) * 2020-12-26 2024-06-05 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. MESSAGE FILTERING METHOD AND APPARATUS

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111132243B (zh) * 2018-10-31 2022-10-28 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 V2x传输方法、装置及用户设备
US11641598B2 (en) * 2019-06-13 2023-05-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Device-to-device quality of service flow management
WO2021085908A1 (ko) * 2019-11-03 2021-05-06 엘지전자 주식회사 무선통신시스템에서 as configuration 관련 사이드링크 ue의 동작 방법
KR20220137010A (ko) * 2020-02-07 2022-10-11 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 하나 이상의 유니캐스트 링크들을 통한 이종 트래픽 타입들의 ue-대-ue 통신
AU2023247150B2 (en) * 2022-03-28 2025-10-16 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and apparatus
CN117641617A (zh) * 2022-08-11 2024-03-01 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信中的方法和装置
US12487627B1 (en) * 2023-09-28 2025-12-02 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Configurable system counter based on a hardware clock frequency

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107734661A (zh) * 2016-08-11 2018-02-23 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 终端资源调度的方法、确定资源调度颗粒度的方法及设备
WO2018050121A1 (zh) * 2016-09-19 2018-03-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种车联网业务处理方法、装置及车联网系统
CN108260163A (zh) * 2018-03-28 2018-07-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息的发送、接收方法及装置

Family Cites Families (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102396276B (zh) * 2009-02-02 2015-08-05 三菱电机株式会社 移动体通信系统
EP2946606B1 (en) 2013-01-17 2024-09-18 Apple Inc. Discovery signal in cluster-based small cell
ES2693337T3 (es) * 2013-01-17 2018-12-11 Intel IP Corporation Aparato, sistema y método para comunicar información de red de acceso no celular sobre una red celular
CN104797011B (zh) * 2014-01-20 2018-11-30 华为终端有限公司 双频移动WiFi终端的数据传输方法和移动WiFi终端
US20180213540A1 (en) 2017-01-25 2018-07-26 Acer Incorporated Method of mapping data packets and related apparatuses using the same
KR102276839B1 (ko) * 2017-03-17 2021-07-14 삼성전자주식회사 라디오 액세스 네트워크 통지 영역 업데이트 실패
CN107027126B (zh) * 2017-03-31 2020-09-29 杭州行至云起科技有限公司 一种数据通信方法及系统及终端设备及控制设备
CN109392042B (zh) 2017-08-14 2021-10-26 华为技术有限公司 一种会话管理方法、异系统互操作的方法及网络装置
WO2019033416A1 (zh) * 2017-08-18 2019-02-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN109587732B (zh) * 2017-09-29 2021-02-09 华为技术有限公司 一种服务质量流的传输方法及装置
CN108282808A (zh) * 2017-12-22 2018-07-13 厦门市美亚柏科信息股份有限公司 无线终端的探测方法及其系统
CN118338362A (zh) * 2018-02-16 2024-07-12 交互数字专利控股公司 Wtru及该wtru执行的方法
CN108770041A (zh) * 2018-04-04 2018-11-06 深圳市优克联新技术有限公司 网络快速接入系统及方法
KR102436652B1 (ko) * 2018-04-05 2022-08-29 삼성전자 주식회사 5g 시스템에서 차량 통신 서비스 제공 방법
CN108833065A (zh) * 2018-05-29 2018-11-16 佛山市宝瑞通光电科技有限公司 无线信道分配通信方法及装置
CN110858958B (zh) * 2018-08-23 2021-09-07 华为技术有限公司 V2x的通信方法和装置
US12004111B2 (en) * 2019-01-14 2024-06-04 Apple Inc. Management of vehicle-to-everything PC5 capability in 5G systems
US12256296B2 (en) * 2019-01-16 2025-03-18 Apple Inc. Sidelink connection establishment design to support unicast and groupcast communication for NR V2X
CN113632543A (zh) * 2019-03-27 2021-11-09 苹果公司 用于新空口车联万物(v2x)的rat和接口选择的辅助信息指示
KR102925171B1 (ko) * 2019-03-29 2026-02-06 삼성전자주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 일대일 통신 서비스를 제공하는 방법 및 장치
WO2020218857A1 (en) * 2019-04-23 2020-10-29 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for providing direct communication services in wireless communication system
US12096273B2 (en) * 2019-05-01 2024-09-17 Lg Electronics Inc. SDAP configuration for destination in sidelink communication

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107734661A (zh) * 2016-08-11 2018-02-23 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 终端资源调度的方法、确定资源调度颗粒度的方法及设备
WO2018050121A1 (zh) * 2016-09-19 2018-03-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种车联网业务处理方法、装置及车联网系统
CN107846434A (zh) * 2016-09-19 2018-03-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种车联网业务处理方法、装置及车联网系统
CN108260163A (zh) * 2018-03-28 2018-07-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息的发送、接收方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ROHDE & SCHWARZ ET AL.: "Correction to V2V TC 24.1.2", R5-184986, 3GPP TSG-RAN5 MEETING #80, 24 August 2018 (2018-08-24), XP051586781 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4266718A4 (en) * 2020-12-26 2024-06-05 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. MESSAGE FILTERING METHOD AND APPARATUS

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US12082039B2 (en) 2024-09-03
US20220060934A1 (en) 2022-02-24
EP3965501A1 (en) 2022-03-09
EP3965501A4 (en) 2022-06-29
CN111918237B (zh) 2022-03-25
CN111918237A (zh) 2020-11-10
MX2021013533A (es) 2022-07-05
CN114900818A (zh) 2022-08-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111918237B (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
US12363582B2 (en) Method for managing QoS, relay terminal, PCF network element, SMF network element, and remote terminal
US11902860B2 (en) Communication method and device
JP6943978B2 (ja) 通信方法および関連する装置
CN108810903B (zh) 一种数据传输配置及数据传输方法和装置
EP3879860B1 (en) Method and device for transmitting v2x message and system
CN113825251B (zh) 会话建立方法、装置、系统及计算机存储介质
WO2020125654A1 (zh) 一种bsr上报方法及装置
CN111194051A (zh) 传输路径的配置方法及装置
CN105325043A (zh) 承载建立装置和方法
CN119137994A (zh) 网络切片限制和按需网络切片的动态分配
WO2022012361A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
US11974363B2 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and terminal device
CN114342511B (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN112135329B (zh) 参数传输方法、装置及系统
US20230188957A1 (en) Communication Method and Apparatus
CA3120500C (en) V2x message transmission method, device, and system
WO2023061152A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
CN116939507A (zh) 基于侧行链路的通信方法、装置、存储介质和芯片系统
CN121397655A (zh) 一种通信方法及相关装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20802268

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020802268

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20211201